kpriv/pkgsrc
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity
pkgsrc/mk/bsd.pkg.mk

2768 lines
86 KiB
Makefile
Raw Normal View History

delete more created files when NO_WRKDIR is set
2000-03-02 19:35:59 +01:00
# $NetBSD: bsd.pkg.mk,v 1.412 2000/03/02 18:35:59 wiz Exp $
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
move documentation to packages.7. also, remove ts=4 crap.
1998-06-05 14:45:53 +02:00
# This file is in the public domain.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
move documentation to packages.7. also, remove ts=4 crap.
1998-06-05 14:45:53 +02:00
# This file is derived from bsd.port.mk - 940820 Jordan K. Hubbard.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
move documentation to packages.7. also, remove ts=4 crap.
1998-06-05 14:45:53 +02:00
# Please see the NetBSD packages(7) manual page for details on the
# that variables used in this make file template.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Default sequence for "all" is: fetch checksum extract patch configure build
#
# Please read the comments in the targets section below, you
# should be able to use the pre-* or post-* targets/scripts
# (which are available for every stage except checksum) or
# override the do-* targets to do pretty much anything you want.
#
# NEVER override the "regular" targets unless you want to open
# a major can of worms.
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
##### Include any preferences, if not already included, and common definitions
.include "../../mk/bsd.prefs.mk"
Add new NOT_FOR_ARCHS variable, that has the reverse logic of ONLY_FOR_ARCHS.
1998-08-28 16:03:48 +02:00
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
##### Define __PLATFORM_OK only if the OS matches the pkg's allowed list.
Fix broken "ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM" check.
1999-05-24 23:25:00 +02:00
.if defined(ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM) && !empty(ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM)
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
.for __tmp__ in ${ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM}
.if ${MACHINE_PLATFORM:M${__tmp__}} != ""
__PLATFORM_OK?=
Add ONLY_FOR_OPSYS processing, to go with the existing NOT_FOR_OPSYS
1999-03-17 13:05:40 +01:00
.endif
.endfor
.else
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
__PLATFORM_OK?=
Add ONLY_FOR_OPSYS processing, to go with the existing NOT_FOR_OPSYS
1999-03-17 13:05:40 +01:00
.endif
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
.for __tmp__ in ${NOT_FOR_PLATFORM}
.if ${MACHINE_PLATFORM:M${__tmp__}} != ""
.undef __PLATFORM_OK
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.endif
.endfor
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
.if !defined(__PLATFORM_OK)
IGNORE= "does not work on ${MACHINE_PLATFORM}"
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
##### Some overrides of defaults below on a per-OS basis.
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.if (${OPSYS} == "NetBSD")
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
LOCALBASE?= ${DESTDIR}/usr/pkg
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.elif (${OPSYS} == "SunOS")
Default umask on Solaris is 022, not 0022.
1999-04-20 13:07:34 +02:00
DEF_UMASK?= 022
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
X11BASE?= ${DESTDIR}/usr/openwin
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.elif (${OPSYS} == "OpenBSD")
DEF_UMASK?= 022
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
NOMANCOMPRESS?= yes
Linux bits; now the package system works on Linux too.
1999-06-23 19:06:20 +02:00
.elif (${OPSYS} == "Linux")
DEF_UMASK?= 022
NOMANCOMPRESS?= yes
- Add OpenBSD and FreeBSD Ids in the header - Changes from FreeBSD's V1.164: * Warn if mtree-file not found * On 'make reinstall' gets DEPENDS_TARGET set to 'reinstall' instead of 'install' - Changes from OpenBSD's V1.14: * Documentation and implementation for ONLY_FOR_ARCHS * Documentation and implementation for WRKOBJDIR * Documentation on HAVE_MOTIF and MOTIF_STATIC: set in /etc/mk.conf, not /etc/make.conf * Set NOMANCOMPRESS=no to still compress man-pages (should probably be set to 'yes') * DEF_UMASK=022 * add ${MACHINE} suffix to WRKDIR if OBJMACHINE is set * .include <bsd.own.mk>
1997-09-28 02:44:15 +02:00
.endif
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
DEF_UMASK?= 0022
CLEANDEPENDS?= NO
Let "make deinstall" remove any version installed, not only the one currently in pkgsrc. Enabled unconditionally by request of several people.
1999-08-21 03:17:59 +02:00
DEINSTALLDEPENDS?= NO # add -R to pkg_delete
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
REINSTALL?= NO # reinstall upon update
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
NOCLEAN?= NO # don't clean up after update
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
Don't assume we're on NetBSD when setting LOCALBASE i.e. test the OSNAME first. Change the name of the mtree file to match NetBSD's.
1997-08-20 18:02:48 +02:00
LOCALBASE?= ${DESTDIR}/usr/local
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
X11BASE?= ${DESTDIR}/usr/X11R6
- Introduce CROSSBASE and a USE_CROSSBASE option, for use with pkgs from the "cross" subdirectory. Defaults to ${LOCALBASE}/cross. - PREFIX is not user settable. Do not conditionally set it such that environment variables and mk.conf can override it. Issue an error if PREFIX is attempted to be set from mk.conf, environment, or command line.
1998-08-11 21:30:48 +02:00
CROSSBASE?= ${LOCALBASE}/cross
PORTSDIR must die. s/PORTSDIR/PKGSRCDIR/g (PKGSRCDIR should not be set by users - bsd.pkg.mk sets it automatically). Also clear up some comments, and move USE_GTEXINFO to use DEPENDS, and move USE_PERL5 to use DEPENDS.
1998-05-07 19:21:13 +02:00
Prettify PKGSRCDIR - instead of /usr/pkgsrc/foo/bar/../.., just make it /usr/pkgsrc (through make(1) macig).
1999-04-08 09:51:21 +02:00
PKGSRCDIR= ${.CURDIR:C|/[^/]*/[^/]*$||}
PORTSDIR must die. s/PORTSDIR/PKGSRCDIR/g (PKGSRCDIR should not be set by users - bsd.pkg.mk sets it automatically). Also clear up some comments, and move USE_GTEXINFO to use DEPENDS, and move USE_PERL5 to use DEPENDS.
1998-05-07 19:21:13 +02:00
DISTDIR?= ${PKGSRCDIR}/distfiles
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
_DISTDIR?= ${DISTDIR}/${DIST_SUBDIR}
PORTSDIR must die. s/PORTSDIR/PKGSRCDIR/g (PKGSRCDIR should not be set by users - bsd.pkg.mk sets it automatically). Also clear up some comments, and move USE_GTEXINFO to use DEPENDS, and move USE_PERL5 to use DEPENDS.
1998-05-07 19:21:13 +02:00
PACKAGES?= ${PKGSRCDIR}/packages
TEMPLATES?= ${PKGSRCDIR}/templates
- Add OpenBSD and FreeBSD Ids in the header - Changes from FreeBSD's V1.164: * Warn if mtree-file not found * On 'make reinstall' gets DEPENDS_TARGET set to 'reinstall' instead of 'install' - Changes from OpenBSD's V1.14: * Documentation and implementation for ONLY_FOR_ARCHS * Documentation and implementation for WRKOBJDIR * Documentation on HAVE_MOTIF and MOTIF_STATIC: set in /etc/mk.conf, not /etc/make.conf * Set NOMANCOMPRESS=no to still compress man-pages (should probably be set to 'yes') * DEF_UMASK=022 * add ${MACHINE} suffix to WRKDIR if OBJMACHINE is set * .include <bsd.own.mk>
1997-09-28 02:44:15 +02:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
PATCHDIR?= ${.CURDIR}/patches
SCRIPTDIR?= ${.CURDIR}/scripts
FILESDIR?= ${.CURDIR}/files
PKGDIR?= ${.CURDIR}/pkg
Add a USE_JAVA= variable for packages which use java, and a PKG_JVM variable for users to choose their own JVM. USE_JAVA sets up DEPENDS and $JAVA_HOME appropriately, based on PKG_JVM. Currently sane values of PKG_JVM are `jdk' and `kaffe', where the default is `jdk' on NetBSD-*-i386, and `kaffe' elsewhere.
2000-01-13 18:40:42 +01:00
.if defined(USE_JAVA)
BUILD_DEFS+= PKG_JVM JAVA_HOME
.if !defined(PKG_JVM)
.if ${MACHINE_PLATFORM:MNetBSD-*-i386} != ""
PKG_JVM?= jdk
.else
PKG_JVM?= kaffe
.endif
.endif
.if ${PKG_JVM} == "jdk"
DEPENDS+= jdk-1.1.*:${PKGSRCDIR}/lang/jdk
Two nits with the show-shlib-type target: 1.) protect definition of show-shlib-type with `if !target(show-shlib-type)' so that it can be overriden in a pkg makefile 2.) move the definition in lang/jdk/Makefile before the include of bsd.pkg.mk to trigger this. Without these changes, show-shlib-type was `ELF\na.out' on i386/ELF, so it was still treated as ELF. lang/jdk now works on i386/ELF (yay!). While there, fix JAVA_HOME default to be JDK_HOME if PKG_JVM is jdk and JDK_HOME is defined.
2000-01-15 03:08:03 +01:00
.if defined(JDK_HOME)
JAVA_HOME?= ${JDK_HOME}
.else
Add a USE_JAVA= variable for packages which use java, and a PKG_JVM variable for users to choose their own JVM. USE_JAVA sets up DEPENDS and $JAVA_HOME appropriately, based on PKG_JVM. Currently sane values of PKG_JVM are `jdk' and `kaffe', where the default is `jdk' on NetBSD-*-i386, and `kaffe' elsewhere.
2000-01-13 18:40:42 +01:00
JAVA_HOME?= ${LOCALBASE}/java
Two nits with the show-shlib-type target: 1.) protect definition of show-shlib-type with `if !target(show-shlib-type)' so that it can be overriden in a pkg makefile 2.) move the definition in lang/jdk/Makefile before the include of bsd.pkg.mk to trigger this. Without these changes, show-shlib-type was `ELF\na.out' on i386/ELF, so it was still treated as ELF. lang/jdk now works on i386/ELF (yay!). While there, fix JAVA_HOME default to be JDK_HOME if PKG_JVM is jdk and JDK_HOME is defined.
2000-01-15 03:08:03 +01:00
.endif
Add a USE_JAVA= variable for packages which use java, and a PKG_JVM variable for users to choose their own JVM. USE_JAVA sets up DEPENDS and $JAVA_HOME appropriately, based on PKG_JVM. Currently sane values of PKG_JVM are `jdk' and `kaffe', where the default is `jdk' on NetBSD-*-i386, and `kaffe' elsewhere.
2000-01-13 18:40:42 +01:00
.elif ${PKG_JVM} == "kaffe"
DEPENDS+= kaffe-[0-9]*:${PKGSRCDIR}/lang/kaffe
JAVA_HOME?= ${LOCALBASE}/kaffe
.endif
.endif
Add a MOTIFBASE definition, to allow Motif libraries and headers to be picked up from a different directory (typically, this is /usr/dt on Solaris).
1999-11-10 11:36:05 +01:00
.if defined(USE_MOTIF)
.if defined(USE_LOCALBASE_FOR_X11)
MOTIFBASE?= ${LOCALBASE}
.elif ${OPSYS} == "SunOS"
MOTIFBASE?= /usr/dt
.else
MOTIFBASE?= ${X11BASE}
.endif
.endif # USE_MOTIF
Replace all occurrences of USE_X11 with USE_X11BASE. This means "install this package into ${X11BASE}". Replace all occurrences of BUILD_USES_X11 with USE_X11. This means "use X11 headers and libraries to build this package".
1999-01-31 00:18:44 +01:00
.if defined(USE_IMAKE) || defined(USE_MOTIF) || defined(USE_X11BASE)
enable xpkgwedge bits -- it basically works now.
1999-07-01 16:33:36 +02:00
.if defined(USE_LOCALBASE_FOR_X11)
Back out revision 1.351 which added XPKGBASE. This seems to be an issue of some contention, so better leave changes for till after all the dust settles.
1999-10-07 18:04:57 +02:00
PREFIX= ${LOCALBASE}
enable xpkgwedge bits -- it basically works now.
1999-07-01 16:33:36 +02:00
BUILD_DEPENDS+= ${X11BASE}/lib/X11/config/xpkgwedge.def:${PKGSRCDIR}/pkgtools/xpkgwedge
Back out revision 1.351 which added XPKGBASE. This seems to be an issue of some contention, so better leave changes for till after all the dust settles.
1999-10-07 18:04:57 +02:00
.else
PREFIX= ${X11BASE}
enable xpkgwedge bits -- it basically works now.
1999-07-01 16:33:36 +02:00
.endif
- Introduce CROSSBASE and a USE_CROSSBASE option, for use with pkgs from the "cross" subdirectory. Defaults to ${LOCALBASE}/cross. - PREFIX is not user settable. Do not conditionally set it such that environment variables and mk.conf can override it. Issue an error if PREFIX is attempted to be set from mk.conf, environment, or command line.
1998-08-11 21:30:48 +02:00
.elif defined(USE_CROSSBASE)
PREFIX= ${CROSSBASE}
Set NO_MTREE= for a USE_CROSSBASE pkg.
1998-08-12 03:30:13 +02:00
NO_MTREE= yes
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.else
- Introduce CROSSBASE and a USE_CROSSBASE option, for use with pkgs from the "cross" subdirectory. Defaults to ${LOCALBASE}/cross. - PREFIX is not user settable. Do not conditionally set it such that environment variables and mk.conf can override it. Issue an error if PREFIX is attempted to be set from mk.conf, environment, or command line.
1998-08-11 21:30:48 +02:00
PREFIX= ${LOCALBASE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
- Integrate xpkgwedge with a switch, USE_LOCALBASE_FOR_X11, which leaves X11BASE alone and, when set, sets PREFIX to LOCALBASE and adds a build dependency on xpkgwedge - Nuke last vestiges of the ${ARCH} variable, and replace it with the binary compatibility identifier ${MACHINE_ARCH}. - Include bsd.prefs.mk early in bsd.pkg.mk. (Needed by xpkgwedge change.) - Look for Motif/lesstif in both X11BASE and LOCALBASE - Add rpath (-Wl,-R) options for MOTIFLIB - Nuke obsolete EXEC_DEPENDS cruft
1998-07-31 16:55:38 +02:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if defined(USE_GMAKE)
PORTSDIR must die. s/PORTSDIR/PKGSRCDIR/g (PKGSRCDIR should not be set by users - bsd.pkg.mk sets it automatically). Also clear up some comments, and move USE_GTEXINFO to use DEPENDS, and move USE_PERL5 to use DEPENDS.
1998-05-07 19:21:13 +02:00
BUILD_DEPENDS+= ${GMAKE}:${PKGSRCDIR}/devel/gmake
Let make do the work: + set MAKE_PROGRAM variable in bsd.port.mk to either ${GMAKE} or ${MAKE}, and use it in do-build and do-install targets + if X11 package, and man pages are installed, add install.man to ${INSTALL_TARGET}, rather than using a separate command to do this. Also added CATn= blah.0, similar to MANn= blah.1, which installs pre-formatted man pages, like the ones imake produces.
1997-11-05 14:36:31 +01:00
MAKE_PROGRAM= ${GMAKE}
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
GMAKE?= gmake
Let make do the work: + set MAKE_PROGRAM variable in bsd.port.mk to either ${GMAKE} or ${MAKE}, and use it in do-build and do-install targets + if X11 package, and man pages are installed, add install.man to ${INSTALL_TARGET}, rather than using a separate command to do this. Also added CATn= blah.0, similar to MANn= blah.1, which installs pre-formatted man pages, like the ones imake produces.
1997-11-05 14:36:31 +01:00
.else
MAKE_PROGRAM= ${MAKE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
Change how Kerberos support is enabled in pkgsrc. Quick guide for compiling packages: - set KERBEROS=4 or KERBEROS=5 in /etc/mk.conf Quick guide for configuring Kerberos support in a package Makefile: - test for KERBEROS value and enable the appropriate version with CONFIGURE_ARGS or other means and set USE_KERBEROS=yes - make sure to disable Kerberos support otherwise (especially if using configure, which might automatically detect it) - BUILD_DEFS and RESTRICTED are set automatically in bsd.pkg.mk when USE_KERBEROS=yes is set
1999-09-14 04:32:21 +02:00
.if defined(USE_KERBEROS)
RESTRICTED?= uses Kerberos encryption code
BUILD_DEFS+= KERBEROS
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if defined(USE_PERL5)
Avoid problems with the newly updated Perl package by expressing the dependency as a wildcard: DEPENDS+= perl-*:${PKGSRCDIR}/lang/perl5
2000-01-17 15:33:46 +01:00
DEPENDS+= perl-*:${PKGSRCDIR}/lang/perl5
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
- Add USE_FORTRAN variable. In packages which need a fortran compiler to build, USE_FORTRAN should be set in the package Makefile. The logic added by this commit will choose a fortran compiler to use and set the correct dependency rather than having this selection scattered across each package which needs a fortran compiler. - Add PKG_FC variable. By setting PKG_FC in /etc/mk.conf, users can force the selection of which fortran compiler gets used by the package system. If not specified, PKG_FC defaults to f2c-f77 on pre-1.4 systems that did not include /usr/bin/f77. In addition PKG_FC defaults to f2c-f77 on newer systems since f77 is still somewhat buggy. When /usr/bin/f77 becomes more stable, the default should be changed from f2c-f77 to f77.
1999-11-23 00:42:21 +01:00
.if defined(USE_FORTRAN)
.if !exists(/usr/bin/f77)
PKG_FC?= f2c-f77
.endif
# it is anticipated that once /usr/bin/f77 is more stable that the following
# default will be changed to f77. However, in the case where there is no
# /usr/bin/f77, the default will remain as f2c-f77.
PKG_FC?= f2c-f77
.if (${PKG_FC} == "f2c-f77")
BUILD_DEPENDS+= f2c-f77:${PKGSRCDIR}/lang/f2c
.endif
FC= ${PKG_FC}
F77= ${PKG_FC}
add "" around ${F77} and ${FC} when adding to MAKE_ENV. This way if someone specifies flags in PKG_FC, they are properly handled.
1999-11-23 15:31:24 +01:00
MAKE_ENV+= F77="${F77}"
MAKE_ENV+= FC="${FC}"
- Add USE_FORTRAN variable. In packages which need a fortran compiler to build, USE_FORTRAN should be set in the package Makefile. The logic added by this commit will choose a fortran compiler to use and set the correct dependency rather than having this selection scattered across each package which needs a fortran compiler. - Add PKG_FC variable. By setting PKG_FC in /etc/mk.conf, users can force the selection of which fortran compiler gets used by the package system. If not specified, PKG_FC defaults to f2c-f77 on pre-1.4 systems that did not include /usr/bin/f77. In addition PKG_FC defaults to f2c-f77 on newer systems since f77 is still somewhat buggy. When /usr/bin/f77 becomes more stable, the default should be changed from f2c-f77 to f77.
1999-11-23 00:42:21 +01:00
.endif
Introduce USE_GTEXINFO and INFO_FILES definitions to bsd.pkg.mk, and use them.
1998-04-17 11:37:21 +02:00
.if defined(INFO_FILES)
USE_GTEXINFO= yes
.endif
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
Missed the !exists(/usr/bin/install-info) on the gtexinfo dependency.
1999-02-11 15:44:00 +01:00
.if defined(USE_GTEXINFO) && !exists(/usr/bin/install-info)
PORTSDIR must die. s/PORTSDIR/PKGSRCDIR/g (PKGSRCDIR should not be set by users - bsd.pkg.mk sets it automatically). Also clear up some comments, and move USE_GTEXINFO to use DEPENDS, and move USE_PERL5 to use DEPENDS.
1998-05-07 19:21:13 +02:00
DEPENDS+= gtexinfo-3.12:${PKGSRCDIR}/devel/gtexinfo
Introduce USE_GTEXINFO and INFO_FILES definitions to bsd.pkg.mk, and use them.
1998-04-17 11:37:21 +02:00
.endif
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
Add the USE_LIBTOOL pkg Makefile option. When set, it adds a build dependency on libtool, and puts the path to libtool in $LIBTOOL in the configure and make environments.
1998-07-24 03:41:15 +02:00
.if defined(USE_LIBTOOL)
Use pkglibtool on Solaris as well as NetBSD.
1999-09-29 12:07:24 +02:00
.if ${OPSYS} == "NetBSD" || ${OPSYS} == "SunOS"
Update "pkglibtool" to version 1.2p2. This version makes sure that you don't use an a.out "pkglibtool" on an ELF system and vice versa.
1999-07-17 21:26:44 +02:00
LIBTOOL= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/pkglibtool-${OBJECT_FMT}-1.2p2
Add automatic handling for ".tar.bz2" archives - just set "EXTRACT_SUFX" and "bsd.pkg.mk" will do the rest. Furthermore replace all remaining instances of ":../../foo/bar" in dependences by ":${PKGSRCDIR}/foo/bar".
1999-02-13 12:06:47 +01:00
BUILD_DEPENDS+= ${LIBTOOL}:${PKGSRCDIR}/pkgtools/pkglibtool
Use devel/libtool for OS's other than NetBSD, and disable automatic shared library handling. This partially takes care of the libfoo.so.1.2.3 names that Linux uses. More to come.
1999-09-02 23:40:14 +02:00
.else
LIBTOOL= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/libtool
BUILD_DEPENDS+= ${LIBTOOL}:${PKGSRCDIR}/devel/libtool
.endif
Add a LIBTOOL_FLAGS definition, and use it when adding ${LIBTOOL} to the CONFIGURE_ENV and MAKE_ENV definitions. Get rid of NO_PKG_REGISTER - it's not used anywhere.
1998-08-19 17:21:20 +02:00
CONFIGURE_ENV+= LIBTOOL="${LIBTOOL} ${LIBTOOL_FLAGS}"
MAKE_ENV+= LIBTOOL="${LIBTOOL} ${LIBTOOL_FLAGS}"
Add the USE_LIBTOOL pkg Makefile option. When set, it adds a build dependency on libtool, and puts the path to libtool in $LIBTOOL in the configure and make environments.
1998-07-24 03:41:15 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Introduce a USE_XAW definition, which is used in package Makefiles, to denote that the package uses libXaw. Introduce an XAW_TYPE definition, which is defined in /etc/mk.conf by the user, to denote the type of libXaw to use. Possible values are: standard, 3d and xpm. Define USE_XAW in relevant Makefiles. Set default XAW_TYPE in Makefiles which previously did a DEPENDS+= Xaw3d... This means that package builds should not fail because of conflicting Xaw packages being installed on machines.
1999-08-25 15:37:34 +02:00
.if defined(USE_XAW)
XAW_TYPE?= standard
.if ${XAW_TYPE} == "xpm"
DEPENDS+= Xaw-Xpm-1.1:${PKGSRCDIR}/x11/Xaw-Xpm
.elif ${XAW_TYPE} == "3d"
DEPENDS+= Xaw3d-1.5:${PKGSRCDIR}/x11/Xaw3d
.endif
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Don't change these!!! These names are built into the _TARGET_USE macro,
# there is no way to refer to them cleanly from within the macro AFAIK.
- The comment above the _COOKIE settings says "don't change these!!", so use = to set them, not ?=. - _DEPENDS_USE doesn't actually do any macro expansion, so save some processing time by executing it exactly once (remove the .USE operator). - Merge the IGNORE targets. Add an IGNORE target for depends and check-depends (see bottom). - Don't check for installation of a package in ${DEPENDS} when doing a "make depends". Instead, let the return code of make fall through (using && instead of ; in the last clause of each depend recursion block). - Provide a variable IGNORE_FAIL: when set, causes the ignore message to be printed (regardless of IGNORE_SILENT or ECHO_MSG setting) and the build to fail with ${FALSE}. Used with the next addition: - Add a new target, "check-depends", which is called as part of "real-fetch". This validates whether the dependencies of a pkg to be built are installed, and if not, whether those dependencies will prospectively build (will not set IGNORE directly or indirectly through the various disable options). Recurses to "depends" with a DEPENDS_TARGET of "check-depends". ...And now, it is no longer necessary to mark dependent pkgs as unusable when their dependencies are unusable thanks to an incorrect LICENSE, _FOR_PLATFORM setting, and so forth. The check-depends step will validate everything before fetching a single file.
1999-05-25 01:04:52 +02:00
EXTRACT_COOKIE= ${WRKDIR}/.extract_done
CONFIGURE_COOKIE= ${WRKDIR}/.configure_done
INSTALL_COOKIE= ${WRKDIR}/.install_done
BUILD_COOKIE= ${WRKDIR}/.build_done
PATCH_COOKIE= ${WRKDIR}/.patch_done
PACKAGE_COOKIE= ${WRKDIR}/.package_done
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Miscellaneous overridable commands:
Add code to include the size of a package into both the installed version and binary packages. The size can be queried then via pkg_info: xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -s xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size of this package in bytes: 4670692 xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -S xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size in bytes including required pkgs: 14610165 While doing work on the size code, support for the @src directive was removed (formerly enabled with the pkg_create -s switch, but unused in our pkg system). The new pkg_info -s and -S switches were tested on installed, local (file) and remote (ftp) packages. In bsd.pkg.mk, take special care for pkg_* versions that do not have the pkg_create -s and -S switches and do not record size information there.
1999-11-29 20:48:15 +01:00
SHCOMMENT?= ${ECHO_MSG} >/dev/null '***'
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
XMKMF?= xmkmf -a
.if exists(/sbin/md5)
MD5?= /sbin/md5
.elif exists(/bin/md5)
MD5?= /bin/md5
.elif exists(/usr/bin/md5)
MD5?= /usr/bin/md5
better linux support
1999-08-10 07:06:36 +02:00
.elif exists(${LOCALBASE}/bsd/bin/md5)
MD5?= ${LOCALBASE}/bsd/bin/md5
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.else
MD5?= md5
.endif
MD5_FILE?= ${FILESDIR}/md5
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
PATCH_SUM_FILE?= ${FILESDIR}/patch-sum
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Replace all occurrences of USE_X11 with USE_X11BASE. This means "install this package into ${X11BASE}". Replace all occurrences of BUILD_USES_X11 with USE_X11. This means "use X11 headers and libraries to build this package".
1999-01-31 00:18:44 +01:00
.if defined(USE_MOTIF) || defined(USE_X11BASE) || defined(USE_X11)
Add a MOTIFBASE definition, to allow Motif libraries and headers to be picked up from a different directory (typically, this is /usr/dt on Solaris).
1999-11-10 11:36:05 +01:00
LDFLAGS+= -Wl,-R${MOTIFBASE}/lib -L${MOTIFBASE}/lib -Wl,-R${X11BASE}/lib -L${X11BASE}/lib
Add new automatic handling for rpath. This sets the LDFLAGS variable to include rpath statements for /usr/pkg/lib, and if using X11, /usr/X11R6/lib. It also gives us the side benefit of having an LDFLAGS variable in top level makefiles.
1998-09-14 19:07:46 +02:00
.endif
enable xpkgwedge bits -- it basically works now.
1999-07-01 16:33:36 +02:00
LDFLAGS+= -Wl,-R${LOCALBASE}/lib -L${LOCALBASE}/lib
Add new automatic handling for rpath. This sets the LDFLAGS variable to include rpath statements for /usr/pkg/lib, and if using X11, /usr/X11R6/lib. It also gives us the side benefit of having an LDFLAGS variable in top level makefiles.
1998-09-14 19:07:46 +02:00
MAKE_ENV+= LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}"
CONFIGURE_ENV+= LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}"
Remove the trailing '-f' from MAKE_FLAGS in bsd.pkg.mk, and include it explicitly in the commands before ${MAKEFILE}; modify package Makefiles to conform to this rationalisation. This was used inconsistently in many packages, some including it, some not.
1998-06-10 10:02:08 +02:00
MAKE_FLAGS?=
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
MAKEFILE?= Makefile
- Our default for FETCH_CMD is ftp, not fetch. - Document NO_IGNORE, __ARCH_OK - Make __ARCH_OK overridable, so it can be set to YES e.g. for fetching all distfiles. - Move ".ifndef(__ARCH_OK): block, so some targets like clean work in any case. - Add LOCALBASE and X11BASE to PATH in MAKE_ENV, CONFIGURE_ENV and SCRIPT_ENV; this fixes PR 4573
1998-01-15 23:58:59 +01:00
MAKE_ENV+= PATH=${PATH}:${LOCALBASE}/bin:${X11BASE}/bin PREFIX=${PREFIX} LOCALBASE=${LOCALBASE} X11BASE=${X11BASE} MOTIFLIB="${MOTIFLIB}" CFLAGS="${CFLAGS}"
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if exists(/usr/bin/fetch)
FETCH_CMD?= /usr/bin/fetch
better linux support
1999-08-10 07:06:36 +02:00
.elif exists(${LOCALBASE}/bsd/bin/ftp)
FETCH_CMD?= ${LOCALBASE}/bsd/bin/ftp
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.else
FETCH_CMD?= /usr/bin/ftp
.endif
Add a MIRROR_DISTFILE variable; defaults to "yes", and should be set to "no" in a package's Makefile when the authors have placed restrictions on the redistribution of the distfiles. (Thanks to Jason Thorpe for the idea). Add a `mirror' target, which will do a "make fetch" if the package's distfile is allowed to be redistributed. This is for use on sites which mirror package distfiles. (Thanks to Charles Hannum for the idea).
1998-01-22 11:20:48 +01:00
# By default, distfiles have no restrictions placed on them
MIRROR_DISTFILE?= yes
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
TOUCH_FLAGS?= -f
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
PATCH_STRIP?= -p0
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
PATCH_DIST_STRIP?= -p0
Add automatic manual page handling. This is backwards-compatible with the MANx and CATx definitions in package Makefiles - if neither MANx or CATx is specified, the PLIST will be searched for the package's manual pages. If automatic manual page handling is in operation, and PKG_VERBOSE is set, echo the manual page names.
1998-06-18 13:45:33 +02:00
.if defined(PATCH_DEBUG) || defined(PKG_VERBOSE)
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
PATCH_DEBUG_TMP= yes
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
PATCH_ARGS?= -d ${WRKSRC} -E ${PATCH_STRIP}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
PATCH_DIST_ARGS?= -d ${WRKSRC} -E ${PATCH_DIST_STRIP}
.else
PATCH_DEBUG_TMP= no
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
PATCH_ARGS?= -d ${WRKSRC} --forward --quiet -E ${PATCH_STRIP}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
PATCH_DIST_ARGS?= -d ${WRKSRC} --forward --quiet -E ${PATCH_DIST_STRIP}
.endif
.if defined(BATCH)
PATCH_ARGS+= --batch
PATCH_DIST_ARGS+= --batch
.endif
.if defined(PATCH_CHECK_ONLY)
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
PATCH_ARGS+= -C
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
PATCH_DIST_ARGS+= -C
.endif
Rewrite the extraction commands to be more intuitive. In the vast majority of cases, nothing has changed (i.e. .tgz, .tar.gz, and .tar.bz2). EXTRACT_USING_PAX can be set as before. For custom extractions, instead of using EXTRACT_BEFORE_ARGS, EXTRACT_AFTER_ARGS and EXTRACT_CMD, simply set EXTRACT_CMD to be the command needed to decompress and extract the lements from the archive. ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} can be used to reference the distfile(s). e.g. for compressed shars, where previously there was: EXTRACT_CMD= ${GZCAT} EXTRACT_BEFORE_ARGS= EXTRACT_AFTER_ARGS= |sh now use: EXTRACT_CMD= ${GZCAT} ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} | ${SH}
1999-04-01 16:07:52 +02:00
# New decompress and extract definitions
Add an EXTRACT_USING_PAX definition, which, if defined, will use pax(1) to extract archives when building, rather than GNU tar. This is needed on platforms where GNU tar is not the standard version of tar, and by people who prefer to use pax(1) in general.
1999-03-30 11:46:27 +02:00
# If the archive has a .bz2 suffix, use bzip2 to extract information
# If EXTRACT_USING_PAX is defined, use pax in preference to (GNU) tar,
# and append 2 tar blocks of zero bytes on the end, in case the archive
# was written with a buggy version of GNU tar.
Temporarily revert to using GNU tar, until pax is bug-compatible with gtar. pax has problems extracting certain archives which were made by gtar and contain trailing trash at the end - gtar ignores this dross, pax thinks it's valid, and prompts for the second volume.
1998-03-09 19:36:51 +01:00
Add automatic handling for ".tar.bz2" archives - just set "EXTRACT_SUFX" and "bsd.pkg.mk" will do the rest. Furthermore replace all remaining instances of ":../../foo/bar" in dependences by ":${PKGSRCDIR}/foo/bar".
1999-02-13 12:06:47 +01:00
EXTRACT_SUFX?= .tar.gz
Rewrite the extraction commands to be more intuitive. In the vast majority of cases, nothing has changed (i.e. .tgz, .tar.gz, and .tar.bz2). EXTRACT_USING_PAX can be set as before. For custom extractions, instead of using EXTRACT_BEFORE_ARGS, EXTRACT_AFTER_ARGS and EXTRACT_CMD, simply set EXTRACT_CMD to be the command needed to decompress and extract the lements from the archive. ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} can be used to reference the distfile(s). e.g. for compressed shars, where previously there was: EXTRACT_CMD= ${GZCAT} EXTRACT_BEFORE_ARGS= EXTRACT_AFTER_ARGS= |sh now use: EXTRACT_CMD= ${GZCAT} ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} | ${SH}
1999-04-01 16:07:52 +02:00
.if ${EXTRACT_SUFX} == ".tar.bz2"
Add automatic handling for ".tar.bz2" archives - just set "EXTRACT_SUFX" and "bsd.pkg.mk" will do the rest. Furthermore replace all remaining instances of ":../../foo/bar" in dependences by ":${PKGSRCDIR}/foo/bar".
1999-02-13 12:06:47 +01:00
.if exists(/usr/bin/bzcat)
BZCAT= /usr/bin/bzcat
.else
BZCAT= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/bzcat
BUILD_DEPENDS+= ${BZCAT}:${PKGSRCDIR}/archivers/bzip2
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.endif # !exists bzcat
"bzcat" now handles symlinks properly.
1999-04-08 20:43:42 +02:00
DECOMPRESS_CMD?= ${BZCAT}
Rewrite the extraction commands to be more intuitive. In the vast majority of cases, nothing has changed (i.e. .tgz, .tar.gz, and .tar.bz2). EXTRACT_USING_PAX can be set as before. For custom extractions, instead of using EXTRACT_BEFORE_ARGS, EXTRACT_AFTER_ARGS and EXTRACT_CMD, simply set EXTRACT_CMD to be the command needed to decompress and extract the lements from the archive. ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} can be used to reference the distfile(s). e.g. for compressed shars, where previously there was: EXTRACT_CMD= ${GZCAT} EXTRACT_BEFORE_ARGS= EXTRACT_AFTER_ARGS= |sh now use: EXTRACT_CMD= ${GZCAT} ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} | ${SH}
1999-04-01 16:07:52 +02:00
.else
DECOMPRESS_CMD?= ${GZCAT}
.endif
# If this is empty, then everything gets extracted.
EXTRACT_ELEMENTS?=
Add an EXTRACT_USING_PAX definition, which, if defined, will use pax(1) to extract archives when building, rather than GNU tar. This is needed on platforms where GNU tar is not the standard version of tar, and by people who prefer to use pax(1) in general.
1999-03-30 11:46:27 +02:00
.if defined(EXTRACT_USING_PAX)
Rewrite the extraction commands to be more intuitive. In the vast majority of cases, nothing has changed (i.e. .tgz, .tar.gz, and .tar.bz2). EXTRACT_USING_PAX can be set as before. For custom extractions, instead of using EXTRACT_BEFORE_ARGS, EXTRACT_AFTER_ARGS and EXTRACT_CMD, simply set EXTRACT_CMD to be the command needed to decompress and extract the lements from the archive. ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} can be used to reference the distfile(s). e.g. for compressed shars, where previously there was: EXTRACT_CMD= ${GZCAT} EXTRACT_BEFORE_ARGS= EXTRACT_AFTER_ARGS= |sh now use: EXTRACT_CMD= ${GZCAT} ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} | ${SH}
1999-04-01 16:07:52 +02:00
EXTRACT_CMD?= (${DECOMPRESS_CMD} ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} ; dd if=/dev/zero bs=10k count=2) | ${PAX} -r ${EXTRACT_ELEMENTS}
Add an EXTRACT_USING_PAX definition, which, if defined, will use pax(1) to extract archives when building, rather than GNU tar. This is needed on platforms where GNU tar is not the standard version of tar, and by people who prefer to use pax(1) in general.
1999-03-30 11:46:27 +02:00
.else
Abolish old-style bundled args for ${GTAR}. The purpose is to permit EXTRACT_ELEMENTS to contain getopts style args and long args, specifically "-X foo" and "--exclude foo". Addresses PR pkg/8498.
1999-09-27 19:08:43 +02:00
EXTRACT_CMD?= ${DECOMPRESS_CMD} ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} | ${GTAR} -xf - ${EXTRACT_ELEMENTS}
Rewrite the extraction commands to be more intuitive. In the vast majority of cases, nothing has changed (i.e. .tgz, .tar.gz, and .tar.bz2). EXTRACT_USING_PAX can be set as before. For custom extractions, instead of using EXTRACT_BEFORE_ARGS, EXTRACT_AFTER_ARGS and EXTRACT_CMD, simply set EXTRACT_CMD to be the command needed to decompress and extract the lements from the archive. ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} can be used to reference the distfile(s). e.g. for compressed shars, where previously there was: EXTRACT_CMD= ${GZCAT} EXTRACT_BEFORE_ARGS= EXTRACT_AFTER_ARGS= |sh now use: EXTRACT_CMD= ${GZCAT} ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} | ${SH}
1999-04-01 16:07:52 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Figure out where the local mtree file is
.if !defined(MTREE_FILE)
Replace all occurrences of USE_X11 with USE_X11BASE. This means "install this package into ${X11BASE}". Replace all occurrences of BUILD_USES_X11 with USE_X11. This means "use X11 headers and libraries to build this package".
1999-01-31 00:18:44 +01:00
.if defined(USE_IMAKE) || defined(USE_MOTIF) || defined(USE_X11BASE)
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
MTREE_FILE= ${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/${OPSYS}.x11.dist
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.else
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
MTREE_FILE= ${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/${OPSYS}.pkg.dist
Moved src/etc/mtree/BSD.x11.dist to pkgsrc/mk/NetBSD.x11.dist by Repository Copy. Modified bsd.pkg.mk to use the file from the new location.
1998-09-04 12:26:59 +02:00
.endif
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.endif # ! MTREE_FILE
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
MTREE_ARGS?= -U -f ${MTREE_FILE} -d -e -p
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
# Debugging levels for this file, dependent on PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL definition
# 0 == normal, default, quiet operation
# 1 == all shell commands echoed before invocation
# 2 == shell "set -x" operation
PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL?= 0
_PKG_SILENT= @
_PKG_DEBUG=
.if ${PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL} > 0
_PKG_SILENT=
.endif
.if ${PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL} > 1
_PKG_DEBUG= set -x;
- Add OpenBSD and FreeBSD Ids in the header - Changes from FreeBSD's V1.164: * Warn if mtree-file not found * On 'make reinstall' gets DEPENDS_TARGET set to 'reinstall' instead of 'install' - Changes from OpenBSD's V1.14: * Documentation and implementation for ONLY_FOR_ARCHS * Documentation and implementation for WRKOBJDIR * Documentation on HAVE_MOTIF and MOTIF_STATIC: set in /etc/mk.conf, not /etc/make.conf * Set NOMANCOMPRESS=no to still compress man-pages (should probably be set to 'yes') * DEF_UMASK=022 * add ${MACHINE} suffix to WRKDIR if OBJMACHINE is set * .include <bsd.own.mk>
1997-09-28 02:44:15 +02:00
.endif
Modifications for a read-only pkgsrc (but writable WRKOBJDIR).
1998-09-15 19:05:04 +02:00
# If WRKOBJDIR is set, use that tree to build
.ifdef WRKOBJDIR
A foolish consistency: use && rather than ; in a bunch of places. Also, use ${SETENV} explicitly for configure.
1998-11-07 15:41:50 +01:00
__canonical_PKGSRCDIR!= cd ${PKGSRCDIR} && pwd -P
__canonical_CURDIR!= cd ${.CURDIR} && pwd -P
Modifications for a read-only pkgsrc (but writable WRKOBJDIR).
1998-09-15 19:05:04 +02:00
PKGSRC_SUBDIR= ${__canonical_CURDIR:S,${__canonical_PKGSRCDIR}/,,}
Move the definition of BUILD_ROOT into bsd.pkg.mk, from the individual package Makefiles which need it.
1999-03-22 10:38:22 +01:00
BUILD_ROOT= ${WRKOBJDIR}
Modifications for a read-only pkgsrc (but writable WRKOBJDIR).
1998-09-15 19:05:04 +02:00
BUILD_DIR?= ${WRKOBJDIR}/${PKGSRC_SUBDIR}
.else
Move the definition of BUILD_ROOT into bsd.pkg.mk, from the individual package Makefiles which need it.
1999-03-22 10:38:22 +01:00
BUILD_ROOT= ${PKGSRCDIR}
Modifications for a read-only pkgsrc (but writable WRKOBJDIR).
1998-09-15 19:05:04 +02:00
BUILD_DIR?= ${.CURDIR}
.endif # WRKOBJDIR
# If OBJMACHINE is set, use ${MACHINE_ARCH} in the working directory name
.ifdef OBJMACHINE
When OBJMACHINE and WRKOBJDIR set, be sure to also add the arch name to the directory created in $WRKOBJDIR, to allow using the same obj-dir for several architectures at once (e.g. via NFS or with cross compiling). Inspired by Bill Studenmund <skippy@macro.stanford.edu>.
1998-07-03 21:27:39 +02:00
WRKDIR_BASENAME?= work.${MACHINE_ARCH}
Modifications for a read-only pkgsrc (but writable WRKOBJDIR).
1998-09-15 19:05:04 +02:00
.else
When OBJMACHINE and WRKOBJDIR set, be sure to also add the arch name to the directory created in $WRKOBJDIR, to allow using the same obj-dir for several architectures at once (e.g. via NFS or with cross compiling). Inspired by Bill Studenmund <skippy@macro.stanford.edu>.
1998-07-03 21:27:39 +02:00
WRKDIR_BASENAME?= work
Modifications for a read-only pkgsrc (but writable WRKOBJDIR).
1998-09-15 19:05:04 +02:00
.endif
.ifdef NO_WRKDIR
WRKDIR?= ${BUILD_DIR}
.else
WRKDIR?= ${BUILD_DIR}/${WRKDIR_BASENAME}
When OBJMACHINE and WRKOBJDIR set, be sure to also add the arch name to the directory created in $WRKOBJDIR, to allow using the same obj-dir for several architectures at once (e.g. via NFS or with cross compiling). Inspired by Bill Studenmund <skippy@macro.stanford.edu>.
1998-07-03 21:27:39 +02:00
.endif # !NO_WRKDIR
Modifications for a read-only pkgsrc (but writable WRKOBJDIR).
1998-09-15 19:05:04 +02:00
Make definition of OBJMACHINE in mk.conf work.
1998-03-08 15:55:04 +01:00
.if defined(NO_WRKSUBDIR)
WRKSRC?= ${WRKDIR}
When OBJMACHINE and WRKOBJDIR set, be sure to also add the arch name to the directory created in $WRKOBJDIR, to allow using the same obj-dir for several architectures at once (e.g. via NFS or with cross compiling). Inspired by Bill Studenmund <skippy@macro.stanford.edu>.
1998-07-03 21:27:39 +02:00
.else # NO_WRKSUBDIR
Make definition of OBJMACHINE in mk.conf work.
1998-03-08 15:55:04 +01:00
WRKSRC?= ${WRKDIR}/${DISTNAME}
When OBJMACHINE and WRKOBJDIR set, be sure to also add the arch name to the directory created in $WRKOBJDIR, to allow using the same obj-dir for several architectures at once (e.g. via NFS or with cross compiling). Inspired by Bill Studenmund <skippy@macro.stanford.edu>.
1998-07-03 21:27:39 +02:00
.endif # NO_WRKSUBDIR
Make definition of OBJMACHINE in mk.conf work.
1998-03-08 15:55:04 +01:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# A few aliases for *-install targets
Don't override INSTALL_* definitions in local Makefiles.
1998-09-01 23:21:09 +02:00
INSTALL_PROGRAM?= \
Fix PR 4884 by replacing STRIP with STRIPFLAG. This addes yet another step towards bsd.pkg.mk. :)
1998-02-09 01:47:23 +01:00
${INSTALL} ${COPY} ${STRIPFLAG} -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP} -m ${BINMODE}
Don't override INSTALL_* definitions in local Makefiles.
1998-09-01 23:21:09 +02:00
INSTALL_SCRIPT?= \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${INSTALL} ${COPY} -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP} -m ${BINMODE}
Don't override INSTALL_* definitions in local Makefiles.
1998-09-01 23:21:09 +02:00
INSTALL_DATA?= \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${INSTALL} ${COPY} -o ${SHAREOWN} -g ${SHAREGRP} -m ${SHAREMODE}
Don't override INSTALL_* definitions in local Makefiles.
1998-09-01 23:21:09 +02:00
INSTALL_MAN?= \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${INSTALL} ${COPY} -o ${MANOWN} -g ${MANGRP} -m ${MANMODE}
Don't override INSTALL_* definitions in local Makefiles.
1998-09-01 23:21:09 +02:00
INSTALL_PROGRAM_DIR?= \
Add INSTALL_*_DIR macros.
1998-03-07 22:19:00 +01:00
${INSTALL} -d -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP} -m ${BINMODE}
Don't override INSTALL_* definitions in local Makefiles.
1998-09-01 23:21:09 +02:00
INSTALL_SCRIPT_DIR?= \
Add INSTALL_*_DIR macros.
1998-03-07 22:19:00 +01:00
${INSTALL_PROGRAM_DIR}
Don't override INSTALL_* definitions in local Makefiles.
1998-09-01 23:21:09 +02:00
INSTALL_DATA_DIR?= \
INSTALL_DATA_DIR should not install directories with mode 444
1998-04-09 00:27:41 +02:00
${INSTALL} -d -o ${SHAREOWN} -g ${SHAREGRP} -m ${BINMODE}
Don't override INSTALL_* definitions in local Makefiles.
1998-09-01 23:21:09 +02:00
INSTALL_MAN_DIR?= \
Don't creade dirs mode 444, inspired by fvdl's last commit.
1998-04-09 14:47:02 +02:00
${INSTALL} -d -o ${MANOWN} -g ${MANGRP} -m ${BINMODE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
INSTALL_MACROS= BSD_INSTALL_PROGRAM="${INSTALL_PROGRAM}" \
BSD_INSTALL_SCRIPT="${INSTALL_SCRIPT}" \
BSD_INSTALL_DATA="${INSTALL_DATA}" \
Add INSTALL_*_DIR macros.
1998-03-07 22:19:00 +01:00
BSD_INSTALL_MAN="${INSTALL_MAN}" \
BSD_INSTALL_PROGRAM_DIR="${INSTALL_PROGRAM_DIR}" \
BSD_INSTALL_SCRIPT_DIR="${INSTALL_SCRIPT_DIR}" \
BSD_INSTALL_DATA_DIR="${INSTALL_DATA_DIR}" \
BSD_INSTALL_MAN_DIR="${INSTALL_MAN_DIR}"
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
MAKE_ENV+= ${INSTALL_MACROS}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= ${INSTALL_MACROS}
# The user can override the NO_PACKAGE by specifying this from
# the make command line
.if defined(FORCE_PACKAGE)
.undef NO_PACKAGE
.endif
Make any INSTALL or DEINSTALL scripts specifiable in the package Makefile (for read-only pkgsrc use). This is for the use of packages which build INSTALL and DEINSTALL scripts dynamically, such as pkgsrc/games/crossfire.
1998-09-17 16:03:48 +02:00
COMMENT?= ${PKGDIR}/COMMENT
DESCR_SRC?= ${PKGDIR}/DESCR
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
DESCR= ${WRKDIR}/.DESCR
Make any INSTALL or DEINSTALL scripts specifiable in the package Makefile (for read-only pkgsrc use). This is for the use of packages which build INSTALL and DEINSTALL scripts dynamically, such as pkgsrc/games/crossfire.
1998-09-17 16:03:48 +02:00
PLIST= ${WRKDIR}/.PLIST
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
DLIST= ${WRKDIR}/.DLIST
DDIR= ${WRKDIR}/.DDIR
Make any INSTALL or DEINSTALL scripts specifiable in the package Makefile (for read-only pkgsrc use). This is for the use of packages which build INSTALL and DEINSTALL scripts dynamically, such as pkgsrc/games/crossfire.
1998-09-17 16:03:48 +02:00
s/PLIST_SUB/PLIST_SUBST/
1999-09-03 04:43:51 +02:00
# Set PLIST_SUBST to substitute "${variable}" to "value" in PLIST
PLIST_SUBST+= OPSYS=${OPSYS} \
Add support for PLIST_SUB variable. It is a list of "VAR=VALUE" pairs, and will substitute ${VAR} with the value of VALUE in the PLIST. This implementation was taken from FreeBSD. Default PLIST_SUB: OPSYS=${OPSYS} OS_VERSION=${OS_VERSION} MACHINE_ARCH=${MACHINE_ARCH} MACHINE_GNU_ARCH=${MACHINE_GNU_ARCH} MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM=${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} LOWER_VENDOR=${LOWER_VENDOR} LOWER_OPSYS=${LOWER_OPSYS} PKGNAME=${PKGNAME}
1999-08-31 11:20:21 +02:00
OS_VERSION=${OS_VERSION} \
MACHINE_ARCH=${MACHINE_ARCH} \
MACHINE_GNU_ARCH=${MACHINE_GNU_ARCH} \
MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM=${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} \
LOWER_VENDOR=${LOWER_VENDOR} \
LOWER_OPSYS=${LOWER_OPSYS} \
PKGNAME=${PKGNAME}
Make any INSTALL or DEINSTALL scripts specifiable in the package Makefile (for read-only pkgsrc use). This is for the use of packages which build INSTALL and DEINSTALL scripts dynamically, such as pkgsrc/games/crossfire.
1998-09-17 16:03:48 +02:00
# Set INSTALL_FILE to be the name of any INSTALL file
.if !defined(INSTALL_FILE) && exists(${PKGDIR}/INSTALL)
INSTALL_FILE= ${PKGDIR}/INSTALL
.endif
# Set DEINSTALL_FILE to be the name of any DEINSTALL file
.if !defined(DEINSTALL_FILE) && exists(${PKGDIR}/DEINSTALL)
DEINSTALL_FILE= ${PKGDIR}/DEINSTALL
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Make the REQ and MESSAGE files specifiable from package Makefiles, as REQ_FILE and MESSAGE_FILE respectively. Modify xpkgwedge to create its MESSAGE_FILE in the WRKDIR.
1998-09-17 17:47:08 +02:00
# Set REQ_FILE to be the name of any REQ file
.if !defined(REQ_FILE) && exists(${PKGDIR}/REQ)
REQ_FILE= ${PKGDIR}/REQ
.endif
# Set MESSAGE_FILE to be the name of any MESSAGE file
.if !defined(MESSAGE_FILE) && exists(${PKGDIR}/MESSAGE)
MESSAGE_FILE= ${PKGDIR}/MESSAGE
.endif
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.if (${OPSYS} == "SunOS")
AWK?= /usr/bin/nawk
BASENAME?= /usr/bin/basename
CAT?= /usr/bin/cat
CHMOD?= /usr/bin/chmod
CHOWN?= /usr/bin/chown
CHGRP?= /usr/bin/chgrp
CP?= /usr/bin/cp
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
CUT?= /usr/bin/cut
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
ECHO?= /usr/ucb/echo
EGREP?= /usr/xpg4/bin/egrep
FALSE?= /usr/bin/false
FILE?= /usr/bin/file
${FIND} added
1999-12-28 04:33:53 +01:00
FIND?= /usr/bin/find
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
GREP?= /usr/bin/grep
Simplify EXTRACT_CMD definitions, and add GTAR definition.
1999-03-16 16:28:37 +01:00
GTAR?= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/gtar
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
GUNZIP_CMD?= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/gunzip -f
Add an EXTRACT_USING_PAX definition, which, if defined, will use pax(1) to extract archives when building, rather than GNU tar. This is needed on platforms where GNU tar is not the standard version of tar, and by people who prefer to use pax(1) in general.
1999-03-30 11:46:27 +02:00
GZCAT?= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/zcat
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
GZIP?= -9
GZIP_CMD?= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/gzip -nf ${GZIP}
ID?= /usr/xpg4/bin/id
IDENT?= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/ident
LDCONFIG?= /usr/bin/true
LN?= /usr/bin/ln
MKDIR?= /usr/bin/mkdir -p
Linux bits; now the package system works on Linux too.
1999-06-23 19:06:20 +02:00
MTREE?= ${LOCALBASE}/bsd/bin/mtree
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
MV?= /usr/bin/mv
Linux bits; now the package system works on Linux too.
1999-06-23 19:06:20 +02:00
PATCH?= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/patch -b
Add an EXTRACT_USING_PAX definition, which, if defined, will use pax(1) to extract archives when building, rather than GNU tar. This is needed on platforms where GNU tar is not the standard version of tar, and by people who prefer to use pax(1) in general.
1999-03-30 11:46:27 +02:00
PAX?= /bin/pax
Calculate current pkgtools version once (inline rather than via additional make call), and pass it in the environment to any recursive make calls. 'make fetch' in gnumeric on my system is now > 15% faster checking dependencies.
2000-01-07 13:24:14 +01:00
PKG_TOOLS_BIN?= ${LOCALBASE}/bsd/bin
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
RM?= /usr/bin/rm
RMDIR?= /usr/bin/rmdir
SED?= /usr/bin/sed
SETENV?= /usr/bin/env
SH?= /bin/ksh
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
SU?= /usr/bin/su
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
TAIL?= /usr/xpg4/bin/tail
TEST?= /usr/bin/test
Linux bits; now the package system works on Linux too.
1999-06-23 19:06:20 +02:00
TOUCH?= /usr/bin/touch
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
TR?= /usr/bin/tr
TRUE?= /usr/bin/true
Avoid shell smarts: on NetBSD, type is a sh(1) builtin. If make(1) is invoked, a subsequent "type make" will give "make is a tracked alias for /usr/bin/make". Using awk(1) to find the third part of that can lose. type is also a sh(1) builtin on Solaris, which prints "make is hashed (/usr/bin/make)". However, there is a separate /usr/bin/type, which prints the pathname at the end. Minor reformat in same target - replace spaces by tabs where possible.
1999-03-31 12:59:44 +02:00
TYPE?= /usr/bin/type
Linux bits; now the package system works on Linux too.
1999-06-23 19:06:20 +02:00
.elif (${OPSYS} == "Linux")
AWK?= /usr/bin/awk
BASENAME?= /bin/basename
CAT?= /bin/cat
CHMOD?= /bin/chmod
CHOWN?= /usr/sbin/chown
CHGRP?= /usr/bin/chgrp
CP?= /bin/cp
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
CUT?= /bin/cut
Linux bits; now the package system works on Linux too.
1999-06-23 19:06:20 +02:00
ECHO?= /bin/echo
EGREP?= /bin/egrep
Correct the full pathname of false(1) on Linux.
1999-06-24 10:04:15 +02:00
FALSE?= /bin/false
Linux bits; now the package system works on Linux too.
1999-06-23 19:06:20 +02:00
FILE?= /usr/bin/file
${FIND} added
1999-12-28 04:33:53 +01:00
FIND?= /usr/bin/find
typo in the path for grep
1999-06-23 22:17:59 +02:00
GREP?= /bin/grep
Linux bits; now the package system works on Linux too.
1999-06-23 19:06:20 +02:00
GTAR?= /bin/tar
GUNZIP_CMD?= /usr/bin/gunzip -f
GZCAT?= /bin/zcat
GZIP?= -9
GZIP_CMD?= /usr/bin/gzip -nf ${GZIP}
ID?= /usr/bin/id
IDENT?= /usr/bin/ident
LDCONFIG?= /sbin/ldconfig
LN?= /bin/ln
MKDIR?= /bin/mkdir -p
MTREE?= ${LOCALBASE}/bsd/bin/mtree
MV?= /bin/mv
Introduce a variable called PATCH_FUZZ_FACTOR, default "", and use it if patch(1) is smart enough (i.e. not Solaris by default). Also introduce a second patch stage (in the package patch phase, not the distribution patches), whereby a misapplied patch with ${PATCH_FUZZ_FACTOR} will be tried again without a fuzz factor. This will fail on package patches which patch many files, but these should be fixed anyway.
1999-11-12 11:34:47 +01:00
PATCH?= /usr/bin/patch
Linux bits; now the package system works on Linux too.
1999-06-23 19:06:20 +02:00
PAX?= /usr/local/bsd/bin/pax
Calculate current pkgtools version once (inline rather than via additional make call), and pass it in the environment to any recursive make calls. 'make fetch' in gnumeric on my system is now > 15% faster checking dependencies.
2000-01-07 13:24:14 +01:00
PKG_TOOLS_BIN?= ${LOCALBASE}/bsd/bin
Linux bits; now the package system works on Linux too.
1999-06-23 19:06:20 +02:00
RM?= /bin/rm
RMDIR?= /bin/rmdir
SED?= /bin/sed
SETENV?= /usr/bin/env
SH?= /bin/sh
SU?= /bin/su
TAIL?= /usr/bin/tail
better linux support
1999-08-10 07:06:36 +02:00
TEST?= /usr/bin/test
Linux bits; now the package system works on Linux too.
1999-06-23 19:06:20 +02:00
TOUCH?= /bin/touch
TR?= /usr/bin/tr
TRUE?= /bin/true
TYPE?= type
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.else
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
AWK?= /usr/bin/awk
BASENAME?= /usr/bin/basename
CAT?= /bin/cat
Add logic to check for pkg_install tools that are up to date.
1998-10-15 12:50:38 +02:00
CHMOD?= /bin/chmod
CHOWN?= /usr/sbin/chown
CHGRP?= /usr/bin/chgrp
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
CP?= /bin/cp
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
CUT?= /usr/bin/cut
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
ECHO?= /bin/echo
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
EGREP?= /usr/bin/egrep
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
FALSE?= /usr/bin/false
MANZ now handles symlinks properly.
1998-03-01 14:38:03 +01:00
FILE?= /usr/bin/file
${FIND} added
1999-12-28 04:33:53 +01:00
FIND?= /usr/bin/find
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
GREP?= /usr/bin/grep
Simplify EXTRACT_CMD definitions, and add GTAR definition.
1999-03-16 16:28:37 +01:00
GTAR?= /usr/bin/tar
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
GUNZIP_CMD?= /usr/bin/gunzip -f
GZCAT?= /usr/bin/gzcat
GZIP?= -9
GZIP_CMD?= /usr/bin/gzip -nf ${GZIP}
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
ID?= /usr/bin/id
IDENT?= /usr/bin/ident
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
LDCONFIG?= /sbin/ldconfig
- Add OpenBSD and FreeBSD Ids in the header - Changes from FreeBSD's V1.164: * Warn if mtree-file not found * On 'make reinstall' gets DEPENDS_TARGET set to 'reinstall' instead of 'install' - Changes from OpenBSD's V1.14: * Documentation and implementation for ONLY_FOR_ARCHS * Documentation and implementation for WRKOBJDIR * Documentation on HAVE_MOTIF and MOTIF_STATIC: set in /etc/mk.conf, not /etc/make.conf * Set NOMANCOMPRESS=no to still compress man-pages (should probably be set to 'yes') * DEF_UMASK=022 * add ${MACHINE} suffix to WRKDIR if OBJMACHINE is set * .include <bsd.own.mk>
1997-09-28 02:44:15 +02:00
LN?= /bin/ln
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
MKDIR?= /bin/mkdir -p
Linux bits; now the package system works on Linux too.
1999-06-23 19:06:20 +02:00
MTREE?= /usr/sbin/mtree
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
MV?= /bin/mv
Introduce a variable called PATCH_FUZZ_FACTOR, default "", and use it if patch(1) is smart enough (i.e. not Solaris by default). Also introduce a second patch stage (in the package patch phase, not the distribution patches), whereby a misapplied patch with ${PATCH_FUZZ_FACTOR} will be tried again without a fuzz factor. This will fail on package patches which patch many files, but these should be fixed anyway.
1999-11-12 11:34:47 +01:00
PATCH?= /usr/bin/patch
Add an EXTRACT_USING_PAX definition, which, if defined, will use pax(1) to extract archives when building, rather than GNU tar. This is needed on platforms where GNU tar is not the standard version of tar, and by people who prefer to use pax(1) in general.
1999-03-30 11:46:27 +02:00
PAX?= /bin/pax
Calculate current pkgtools version once (inline rather than via additional make call), and pass it in the environment to any recursive make calls. 'make fetch' in gnumeric on my system is now > 15% faster checking dependencies.
2000-01-07 13:24:14 +01:00
PKG_TOOLS_BIN?= /usr/sbin
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
RM?= /bin/rm
RMDIR?= /bin/rmdir
SED?= /usr/bin/sed
SETENV?= /usr/bin/env
SH?= /bin/sh
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
SU?= /usr/bin/su
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
TAIL?= /usr/bin/tail
TEST?= /bin/test
Linux bits; now the package system works on Linux too.
1999-06-23 19:06:20 +02:00
TOUCH?= /usr/bin/touch
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
TR?= /usr/bin/tr
Introduce TRUE?=/usr/bin/true, and use it.
1998-02-02 09:10:41 +01:00
TRUE?= /usr/bin/true
Avoid shell smarts: on NetBSD, type is a sh(1) builtin. If make(1) is invoked, a subsequent "type make" will give "make is a tracked alias for /usr/bin/make". Using awk(1) to find the third part of that can lose. type is also a sh(1) builtin on Solaris, which prints "make is hashed (/usr/bin/make)". However, there is a separate /usr/bin/type, which prints the pathname at the end. Minor reformat in same target - replace spaces by tabs where possible.
1999-03-31 12:59:44 +02:00
TYPE?= type
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.endif # !SunOS
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Calculate current pkgtools version once (inline rather than via additional make call), and pass it in the environment to any recursive make calls. 'make fetch' in gnumeric on my system is now > 15% faster checking dependencies.
2000-01-07 13:24:14 +01:00
PKG_ADD?= ${PKG_TOOLS_BIN}/pkg_add
PKG_CREATE?= ${PKG_TOOLS_BIN}/pkg_create
PKG_DELETE?= ${PKG_TOOLS_BIN}/pkg_delete
PKG_INFO?= ${PKG_TOOLS_BIN}/pkg_info
.if !defined(PKGTOOLS_VERSION)
.if !exists(${IDENT})
PKGTOOLS_VERSION=${PKGTOOLS_REQD}
.else
PKGTOOLS_VERSION!= ${IDENT} ${PKG_CREATE} ${PKG_DELETE} ${PKG_INFO} ${PKG_ADD} | ${AWK} '$$1 ~ /\$$NetBSD/ && $$2 !~ /^crt0/ { gsub("/", "", $$4); print $$4 }' | sort | ${TAIL} -n 1
.endif
.endif
MAKEFLAGS+= " PKGTOOLS_VERSION=${PKGTOOLS_VERSION}"
Fix size-registering code. (Need to test PKGTOOLS_VERSION, not PKGTOOLS_REQD, to see if the new code is present; for PKGTOOLS_VERSION to get defined, some code needs to get moved around a bit, though)
2000-01-09 05:43:20 +01:00
# Latest version of pkgtools required for this file.
Bump PKGTOOLS_REQD to 20000202. As a consequence of this - unconditionally enable the size code - use wildcards consistently (PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS=true)
2000-02-02 17:28:55 +01:00
PKGTOOLS_REQD= 20000202
Fix size-registering code. (Need to test PKGTOOLS_VERSION, not PKGTOOLS_REQD, to see if the new code is present; for PKGTOOLS_VERSION to get defined, some code needs to get moved around a bit, though)
2000-01-09 05:43:20 +01:00
# Check that we're using up-to-date pkg_* tools with this file.
uptodate-pkgtools:
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ ${PKGTOOLS_VERSION} -lt ${PKGTOOLS_REQD} ]; then \
case ${PKGNAME} in \
pkg_install-*) \
;; \
*) \
${ECHO} "Your package tools need to be updated to `${ECHO} ${PKGTOOLS_REQD} | ${SED} -e 's|\(....\)\(..\)\(..\)|\1/\2/\3|'` versions."; \
${ECHO} "The installed package tools were last updated on `${ECHO} $$pkgtools_version | ${SED} -e 's|\(....\)\(..\)\(..\)|\1/\2/\3|'`."; \
${ECHO} "Please make and install the pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkg_install package."; \
${FALSE} ;; \
esac \
fi
# Files to create for versioning and build information
BUILD_VERSION_FILE= ${WRKDIR}/.build_version
BUILD_INFO_FILE= ${WRKDIR}/.build_info
# Files containing size of pkg w/o and w/ all required pkgs
SIZE_PKG_FILE= ${WRKDIR}/SizePkg
SIZE_ALL_FILE= ${WRKDIR}/SizeAll
.ifndef PKG_ARGS
PKG_ARGS= -v -c ${COMMENT} -d ${DESCR} -f ${PLIST} -l
PKG_ARGS+= -b ${BUILD_VERSION_FILE} -B ${BUILD_INFO_FILE}
PKG_ARGS+= -s ${SIZE_PKG_FILE} -S ${SIZE_ALL_FILE}
Bump PKGTOOLS_REQD to 20000202. As a consequence of this - unconditionally enable the size code - use wildcards consistently (PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS=true)
2000-02-02 17:28:55 +01:00
PKG_ARGS+= -p ${PREFIX} -P "`${MAKE} package-depends|sort -u`"
Fix size-registering code. (Need to test PKGTOOLS_VERSION, not PKGTOOLS_REQD, to see if the new code is present; for PKGTOOLS_VERSION to get defined, some code needs to get moved around a bit, though)
2000-01-09 05:43:20 +01:00
.ifdef CONFLICTS
PKG_ARGS+= -C "${CONFLICTS}"
.endif
.ifdef INSTALL_FILE
PKG_ARGS+= -i ${INSTALL_FILE}
.endif
.ifdef DEINSTALL_FILE
PKG_ARGS+= -k ${DEINSTALL_FILE}
.endif
.ifdef REQ_FILE
PKG_ARGS+= -r ${REQ_FILE}
.endif
.ifdef MESSAGE_FILE
PKG_ARGS+= -D ${MESSAGE_FILE}
.endif
.ifndef NO_MTREE
PKG_ARGS+= -m ${MTREE_FILE}
.endif
.endif # !PKG_ARGS
PKG_SUFX?= .tgz
# where pkg_add records its dirty deeds.
PKG_DBDIR?= /var/db/pkg
# shared/dynamic motif libs
MOTIFLIB?= -L${MOTIFBASE}/lib -L${X11BASE}/lib -L${LOCALBASE}/lib -Wl,-R${MOTIFBASE}/lib -Wl,-R${X11BASE}/lib -Wl,-R${LOCALBASE}/lib -lXm
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Used to print all the '===>' style prompts - override this to turn them off.
ECHO_MSG?= ${ECHO}
Introduce TRUE?=/usr/bin/true, and use it.
1998-02-02 09:10:41 +01:00
# How to do nothing. Override if you, for some strange reason, would rather
# do something.
DO_NADA?= ${TRUE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
ALL_TARGET?= all
INSTALL_TARGET?= install
Let make do the work: + set MAKE_PROGRAM variable in bsd.port.mk to either ${GMAKE} or ${MAKE}, and use it in do-build and do-install targets + if X11 package, and man pages are installed, add install.man to ${INSTALL_TARGET}, rather than using a separate command to do this. Also added CATn= blah.0, similar to MANn= blah.1, which installs pre-formatted man pages, like the ones imake produces.
1997-11-05 14:36:31 +01:00
.if defined(USE_IMAKE) && !defined(NO_INSTALL_MANPAGES)
INSTALL_TARGET+= install.man
.endif
Implement a new PASSIVE_FETCH definition, which can be set in the environment, or /etc/mk.conf, and is used to specify -p to ftp(1) when fetching distfiles from behind a filtering firewall. Document PASSIVE_FETCH in mk.conf.example. Suggested by Bill Coldwell.
1998-05-29 11:21:43 +02:00
# If this host is behind a filtering firewall, use passive ftp(1)
.if defined(PASSIVE_FETCH)
FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS += -p
.endif
Support using a preinstalled Motif installation instead of Lesstif again.
1999-10-06 00:18:05 +02:00
# Check if we got a real Motif, Lesstif or no Motif at all.
.if defined(USE_MOTIF)
Add a MOTIFBASE definition, to allow Motif libraries and headers to be picked up from a different directory (typically, this is /usr/dt on Solaris).
1999-11-10 11:36:05 +01:00
.if exists(${MOTIFBASE}/include/Xm/Xm.h)
IS_LESSTIF!= ${EGREP} -c LESSTIF ${MOTIFBASE}/include/Xm/Xm.h || ${TRUE}
Support using a preinstalled Motif installation instead of Lesstif again.
1999-10-06 00:18:05 +02:00
.if (${IS_LESSTIF} != "0")
DEPENDS+= lesstif-*:${PKGSRCDIR}/x11/lesstif
.endif
.else
DEPENDS+= lesstif-*:${PKGSRCDIR}/x11/lesstif
.endif
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Popular master sites
MASTER_SITE_XCONTRIB+= \
Completely replace "MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR" and "PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR" with variable substituition of "MASTER_SITES" and "PATCH_SITES".
1999-04-15 22:39:38 +02:00
ftp://crl.dec.com/pub/X11/contrib/ \
The X11 mirror on "ftp.eu.net" is gone, use "ftp.sunsite.auc.dk" instead.
1999-08-13 20:27:19 +02:00
ftp://ftp.sunsite.auc.dk/pub/X/X.org/contrib/ \
Completely replace "MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR" and "PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR" with variable substituition of "MASTER_SITES" and "PATCH_SITES".
1999-04-15 22:39:38 +02:00
ftp://ftp.uni-paderborn.de/pub/X11/contrib/ \
ftp://ftp.x.org/contrib/
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
MASTER_SITE_GNU+= \
Completely replace "MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR" and "PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR" with variable substituition of "MASTER_SITES" and "PATCH_SITES".
1999-04-15 22:39:38 +02:00
ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/ \
Update GNU mirror list.
2000-02-03 17:41:48 +01:00
ftp://ftp.cs.columbia.edu/archives/gnu/prep/ \
ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/gnu/ \
remove bogus 'ftp' before URL
2000-02-05 15:10:27 +01:00
ftp://ftp.progsoc.uts.edu.au/pub/gnu/
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
MASTER_SITE_PERL_CPAN+= \
Completely replace "MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR" and "PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR" with variable substituition of "MASTER_SITES" and "PATCH_SITES".
1999-04-15 22:39:38 +02:00
ftp://ftp.digital.com/pub/plan/perl/CPAN/modules/by-module/ \
ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/pub/perl/CPAN/modules/by-module/
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Change the 'update' target to skip non-existent (removed) directories. This fixes PR pkg/9181 by Richard Rauch.
2000-02-01 17:30:07 +01:00
MASTER_SITE_R_CRAN+= \
http://cran.r-project.org/src/ \
ftp://cran.r-project.org/pub/R/src/ \
http://cran.at.r-project.org/src/ \
ftp://cran.at.r-project.org/pub/R/src/ \
http://cran.dk.r-project.org/src/ \
http://cran.ch.r-project.org/src/ \
http://cran.uk.r-project.org/src/ \
http://cran.us.r-project.org/src/ \
http://lib.stat.cmu.edu/R/CRAN/src/ \
ftp://ftp.biostat.washington.edu/mirrors/R/CRAN/src/ \
http://cran.stat.wisc.edu/src/ \
http://SunSITE.auc.dk/R/src/ \
http://www.stat.unipg.it/pub/stat/statlib/R/CRAN/src/ \
ftp://ftp.u-aizu.ac.jp/pub/lang/R/CRAN/src/ \
ftp://dola.snu.ac.kr/pub/R/CRAN/src/ \
http://stat.ethz.ch/CRAN/src/ \
http://www.stats.bris.ac.uk/R/src/
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
MASTER_SITE_TEX_CTAN+= \
Completely replace "MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR" and "PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR" with variable substituition of "MASTER_SITES" and "PATCH_SITES".
1999-04-15 22:39:38 +02:00
ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/pub/tex/ctan/ \
Use "ftp.wustl.edu" instead of "wuarchive.wustl.edu".
1999-08-22 23:36:49 +02:00
ftp://ftp.wustl.edu/packages/TeX/ \
Completely replace "MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR" and "PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR" with variable substituition of "MASTER_SITES" and "PATCH_SITES".
1999-04-15 22:39:38 +02:00
ftp://ftp.funet.fi/pub/TeX/CTAN/ \
ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/public/ctan/tex-archive/ \
ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
MASTER_SITE_SUNSITE+= \
Completely replace "MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR" and "PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR" with variable substituition of "MASTER_SITES" and "PATCH_SITES".
1999-04-15 22:39:38 +02:00
ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/ \
Add mirror on "ftp.informatik.rwth-aachen.de" to "MASTER_SITE_SUNSITE".
2000-03-01 11:53:07 +01:00
ftp://ftp.infomagic.com/pub/mirrors/linux/sunsite/ \
ftp://ftp.informatik.rwth-aachen.de/pub/comp/Linux/sunsite.unc.edu/
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Fix typo in last commit.
1999-08-22 23:42:22 +02:00
MASTER_SITE_GNOME+= \
Add "MASTER_SITE_GNOME" for GNOME related packages.
1999-08-22 23:36:10 +02:00
ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/ \
ftp://ftp.sunet.se/pub/X11/GNOME/ \
Fix typo in last commit.
1999-08-22 23:42:22 +02:00
ftp://ftp.informatik.uni-bonn.de/pub/os/unix/gnome/ \
Add "MASTER_SITE_GNOME" for GNOME related packages.
1999-08-22 23:36:10 +02:00
ftp://ftp.tuwien.ac.at/hci/gnome.org/GNOME/
re-add empty MASTER/PATCH_SITE which was removed in 1.254.
1999-04-22 17:50:42 +02:00
# Empty declaration to avoid "variable MASTER_SITES recursive" error
MASTER_SITES?=
PATCH_SITES?=
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# The primary backup site.
Don't put a // in MASTER_SITE_BACKUP if DIST_SUBDIR is empty/undefined. Yes, this is a hack.
1999-07-27 09:09:48 +02:00
MASTER_SITE_BACKUP?= \
ftp://ftp.netbsd.org/pub/NetBSD/packages/distfiles/ \
ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/distfiles/
Automatically set MASTER_SITE_LOCAL from MASTER_SITE_BACKUP, and make sure MASTER_SITE_BACKUP doesn't end in //. For this, any setting of MASTER_SITE_LOCAL in /etc/mk.conf must no longer include ${DIST_SUBDIR} - this will be added automatically, if needed.
1999-11-20 22:15:49 +01:00
.if defined(DIST_SUBDIR)
MASTER_SITE_BACKUP:= ${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP:=${DIST_SUBDIR}/}
Only add DIST_SUBDIR to MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE if MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE is actually set. Prevents "Variable MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE is recursive" message. Found by Ezra Story <ezy@panix.com>
2000-02-25 06:46:27 +01:00
.if defined(MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE)
Extend MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE properly (like MASTER_SITE_BACKUP), when DIST_SUBDIR is set. Noted by Bill Squier (groo@cs.stevens-tech.edu) in private mail.
2000-02-17 18:30:15 +01:00
MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE:= ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE:=${DIST_SUBDIR}/}
Only add DIST_SUBDIR to MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE if MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE is actually set. Prevents "Variable MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE is recursive" message. Found by Ezra Story <ezy@panix.com>
2000-02-25 06:46:27 +01:00
.endif # MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE
.endif # DIST_SUBDIR
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Where to put distfiles that don't have any other master site
Automatically set MASTER_SITE_LOCAL from MASTER_SITE_BACKUP, and make sure MASTER_SITE_BACKUP doesn't end in //. For this, any setting of MASTER_SITE_LOCAL in /etc/mk.conf must no longer include ${DIST_SUBDIR} - this will be added automatically, if needed.
1999-11-20 22:15:49 +01:00
.if defined(DIST_SUBDIR)
MASTER_SITE_LOCAL?= \
${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP:S,${DIST_SUBDIR},LOCAL_PORTS,}
.else # DIST_SUBDIR
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
MASTER_SITE_LOCAL?= \
Automatically set MASTER_SITE_LOCAL from MASTER_SITE_BACKUP, and make sure MASTER_SITE_BACKUP doesn't end in //. For this, any setting of MASTER_SITE_LOCAL in /etc/mk.conf must no longer include ${DIST_SUBDIR} - this will be added automatically, if needed.
1999-11-20 22:15:49 +01:00
${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP:=LOCAL_PORTS/}
.endif # DIST_SUBDIR
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# I guess we're in the master distribution business! :) As we gain mirror
# sites for distfiles, add them to this list.
.if !defined(MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE)
MASTER_SITES+= ${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP}
PATCH_SITES+= ${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP}
.else
MASTER_SITES:= ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} ${MASTER_SITES}
PATCH_SITES:= ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} ${PATCH_SITES}
.endif
# Derived names so that they're easily overridable.
DISTFILES?= ${DISTNAME}${EXTRACT_SUFX}
PKGNAME?= ${DISTNAME}
Add back default MAINTAINER field. Remove test which made MAINTAINER field mandatory - it's not a field that's critical to the build or installation of a package, and is redundant given a default value.
1998-08-06 11:51:20 +02:00
MAINTAINER?= packages@netbsd.org
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
ALLFILES?= ${DISTFILES} ${PATCHFILES}
Speed up the evaluation of ${CKSUMFILES} vs. ${IGNOREFILES} a little (and make it cleaner) by replacing the shell expansion with a bmake .for loop.
1999-05-21 21:29:02 +02:00
CKSUMFILES?= ${ALLFILES}
.for __tmp__ in ${IGNOREFILES}
CKSUMFILES:= ${CKSUMFILES:N${__tmp__}}
.endfor
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Fix MD5 checksum test in "do-fetch:" target to work with "DIST_SUBDIR". Patch supplied by Jim Bernard in PR pkg/5962.
1998-08-15 00:10:53 +02:00
# List of all files, with ${DIST_SUBDIR} in front. Used for fetch and checksum.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if defined(DIST_SUBDIR)
_CKSUMFILES?= ${CKSUMFILES:S/^/${DIST_SUBDIR}\//}
Fix MD5 checksum test in "do-fetch:" target to work with "DIST_SUBDIR". Patch supplied by Jim Bernard in PR pkg/5962.
1998-08-15 00:10:53 +02:00
_DISTFILES?= ${DISTFILES:S/^/${DIST_SUBDIR}\//}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
_IGNOREFILES?= ${IGNOREFILES:S/^/${DIST_SUBDIR}\//}
Fix MD5 checksum test in "do-fetch:" target to work with "DIST_SUBDIR". Patch supplied by Jim Bernard in PR pkg/5962.
1998-08-15 00:10:53 +02:00
_PATCHFILES?= ${PATCHFILES:S/^/${DIST_SUBDIR}\//}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.else
_CKSUMFILES?= ${CKSUMFILES}
Fix MD5 checksum test in "do-fetch:" target to work with "DIST_SUBDIR". Patch supplied by Jim Bernard in PR pkg/5962.
1998-08-15 00:10:53 +02:00
_DISTFILES?= ${DISTFILES}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
_IGNOREFILES?= ${IGNOREFILES}
Fix MD5 checksum test in "do-fetch:" target to work with "DIST_SUBDIR". Patch supplied by Jim Bernard in PR pkg/5962.
1998-08-15 00:10:53 +02:00
_PATCHFILES?= ${PATCHFILES}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# This is what is actually going to be extracted, and is overridable
# by user.
EXTRACT_ONLY?= ${DISTFILES}
Add back default MAINTAINER field. Remove test which made MAINTAINER field mandatory - it's not a field that's critical to the build or installation of a package, and is redundant given a default value.
1998-08-06 11:51:20 +02:00
.if !defined(CATEGORIES) || !defined(DISTNAME)
- Nuke LIB_DEPENDS pkg cruft. Add an error message if LIB_DEPENDS is set. - Build in some pkglint: error out if DISTNAME or MAINTAINER are not set in the pkg Makefile.
1998-08-05 21:25:08 +02:00
.BEGIN:
Add back default MAINTAINER field. Remove test which made MAINTAINER field mandatory - it's not a field that's critical to the build or installation of a package, and is redundant given a default value.
1998-08-06 11:51:20 +02:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "CATEGORIES and DISTNAME are mandatory."
- Nuke LIB_DEPENDS pkg cruft. Add an error message if LIB_DEPENDS is set. - Build in some pkglint: error out if DISTNAME or MAINTAINER are not set in the pkg Makefile.
1998-08-05 21:25:08 +02:00
@${FALSE}
MAINTAINER = packages@NetBSD.ORG
1998-01-25 15:39:49 +01:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
- Nuke LIB_DEPENDS pkg cruft. Add an error message if LIB_DEPENDS is set. - Build in some pkglint: error out if DISTNAME or MAINTAINER are not set in the pkg Makefile.
1998-08-05 21:25:08 +02:00
.if defined(LIB_DEPENDS)
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.BEGIN:
Completely replace "MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR" and "PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR" with variable substituition of "MASTER_SITES" and "PATCH_SITES".
1999-04-15 22:39:38 +02:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "LIB_DEPENDS is deprecated and must be replaced with DEPENDS."
@${FALSE}
.endif
.if defined(MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR)
.BEGIN:
@${ECHO_MSG} 'MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR is deprecated and must be replaced with MASTER_SITES.'
@${FALSE}
.endif
.if defined(PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR)
.BEGIN:
@${ECHO_MSG} 'PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR is deprecated and must be replaced with PATCH_SITES.'
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
@${FALSE}
.endif
Change {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCH,OPSYS} format to {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_PLATFORM pattern match format. Minor pkglint along the way.
1999-05-24 22:39:35 +02:00
.if defined(ONLY_FOR_ARCHS) || defined(NOT_FOR_ARCHS) \
|| defined(ONLY_FOR_OPSYS) || defined(NOT_FOR_OPSYS)
.BEGIN:
@${ECHO_MSG} 'ONLY/NOT_FOR_ARCHS/OPSYS are deprecated and must be replaced with ONLY/NOT_FOR_PLATFORM.'
@${FALSE}
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Note this has to start with a capital letter (or more accurately, it
# shouldn't match "[a-z]*"), see the target "delete-package-links" below.
PKGREPOSITORYSUBDIR?= All
PKGREPOSITORY?= ${PACKAGES}/${PKGREPOSITORYSUBDIR}
PKGFILE?= ${PKGREPOSITORY}/${PKGNAME}${PKG_SUFX}
CONFIGURE_SCRIPT?= configure
- Our default for FETCH_CMD is ftp, not fetch. - Document NO_IGNORE, __ARCH_OK - Make __ARCH_OK overridable, so it can be set to YES e.g. for fetching all distfiles. - Move ".ifndef(__ARCH_OK): block, so some targets like clean work in any case. - Add LOCALBASE and X11BASE to PATH in MAKE_ENV, CONFIGURE_ENV and SCRIPT_ENV; this fixes PR 4573
1998-01-15 23:58:59 +01:00
CONFIGURE_ENV+= PATH=${PATH}:${LOCALBASE}/bin:${X11BASE}/bin
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if defined(GNU_CONFIGURE)
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --host=${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} --prefix=${PREFIX}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
HAS_CONFIGURE= yes
enable xpkgwedge bits -- it basically works now.
1999-07-01 16:33:36 +02:00
.if defined(USE_LOCALBASE_FOR_X11)
CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --x-libraries=${X11BASE}/lib --x-includes=${X11BASE}/include
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Passed to most of script invocations
- Our default for FETCH_CMD is ftp, not fetch. - Document NO_IGNORE, __ARCH_OK - Make __ARCH_OK overridable, so it can be set to YES e.g. for fetching all distfiles. - Move ".ifndef(__ARCH_OK): block, so some targets like clean work in any case. - Add LOCALBASE and X11BASE to PATH in MAKE_ENV, CONFIGURE_ENV and SCRIPT_ENV; this fixes PR 4573
1998-01-15 23:58:59 +01:00
SCRIPTS_ENV+= CURDIR=${.CURDIR} DISTDIR=${DISTDIR} \
move documentation to packages.7. also, remove ts=4 crap.
1998-06-05 14:45:53 +02:00
PATH=${PATH}:${LOCALBASE}/bin:${X11BASE}/bin \
WRKDIR=${WRKDIR} WRKSRC=${WRKSRC} PATCHDIR=${PATCHDIR} \
SCRIPTDIR=${SCRIPTDIR} FILESDIR=${FILESDIR} \
PKGSRCDIR=${PKGSRCDIR} DEPENDS="${DEPENDS}" \
PREFIX=${PREFIX} LOCALBASE=${LOCALBASE} X11BASE=${X11BASE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if defined(BATCH)
SCRIPTS_ENV+= BATCH=yes
.endif
.MAIN: all
Add logic to handle shared objects correctly for ELF and a.out platforms.
1998-07-14 13:36:11 +02:00
# Use aliases, so that all versions of English are acceptable
.if defined(LICENCE) && !defined(LICENSE)
LICENSE= ${LICENCE}
.endif
.if defined(ACCEPTABLE_LICENCES) && !defined(ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES)
ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES= ${ACCEPTABLE_LICENCES}
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
################################################################
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# Many ways to disable a package.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# If we're in BATCH mode and the package is interactive, or we're
# in interactive mode and the package is non-interactive, skip all
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# the important targets. The reason we have two modes is that
# one might want to leave a build in BATCH mode running
# overnight, then come back in the morning and do _only_ the
# interactive ones that required your intervention.
#
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# Don't attempt to build packages that require Motif if you don't
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# have Motif.
#
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# Ignore packages that can't be resold if building for a CDROM.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# Don't build a package if it's restricted and we don't want to get
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# into that.
#
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# Don't build a package if it's broken.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
################################################################
.if !defined(NO_IGNORE)
.if (defined(IS_INTERACTIVE) && defined(BATCH))
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
IGNORE= "is an interactive package"
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.elif (!defined(IS_INTERACTIVE) && defined(INTERACTIVE))
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
IGNORE= "is not an interactive package"
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.elif (defined(NO_CDROM) && defined(FOR_CDROM))
IGNORE= "may not be placed on a CDROM: ${NO_CDROM}"
.elif (defined(RESTRICTED) && defined(NO_RESTRICTED))
IGNORE= "is restricted: ${RESTRICTED}"
Introduce a BUILD_USES_X11 definition, defined in package Makefiles, and used to denote that a package uses X11 headers and libraries to build, but does not install itself into X11BASE (xpkgwedge notwithstanding). This is used to ignore packages which would otherwise cause build problems on machines with no X11 installation.
1999-01-26 23:03:18 +01:00
.elif ((defined(USE_IMAKE) || defined(USE_MOTIF) || \
Replace all occurrences of USE_X11 with USE_X11BASE. This means "install this package into ${X11BASE}". Replace all occurrences of BUILD_USES_X11 with USE_X11. This means "use X11 headers and libraries to build this package".
1999-01-31 00:18:44 +01:00
defined(USE_X11BASE) || defined(USE_X11)) && \
If "${USE_MOTIF}" is set install package to "${X11BASE}" and check if X11 is actually installed.
1998-06-20 16:01:28 +02:00
!exists(${X11BASE}))
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
IGNORE= "uses X11, but ${X11BASE} not found"
.elif defined(BROKEN)
IGNORE= "is marked as broken: ${BROKEN}"
Acceptable licence logic had been reverted to UK English spellings.
1998-07-21 13:09:11 +02:00
.elif defined(LICENSE)
.ifdef ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES
.for _lic in ${ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES}
.if ${LICENSE} == "${_lic}"
Add an ACCEPTABLE_LICENCES definition to /etc/mk.conf. This is a whitespace-delimited list, and details which types of licences are allowed. Package Makefiles with non-standard licences (shareware, non-commercial-use only) should have a LICENCE= <type> added. Normal package Makefiles remain unchanged. Add logic to bsd.pkg.mk to check, if LICENCE is defined, that the package is acceptable.
1998-07-06 17:10:48 +02:00
_ACCEPTABLE= yes
.endif
.endfor # _lic
Acceptable licence logic had been reverted to UK English spellings.
1998-07-21 13:09:11 +02:00
.endif # ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES
Add an ACCEPTABLE_LICENCES definition to /etc/mk.conf. This is a whitespace-delimited list, and details which types of licences are allowed. Package Makefiles with non-standard licences (shareware, non-commercial-use only) should have a LICENCE= <type> added. Normal package Makefiles remain unchanged. Add logic to bsd.pkg.mk to check, if LICENCE is defined, that the package is acceptable.
1998-07-06 17:10:48 +02:00
.ifndef _ACCEPTABLE
This patch cleans up our message for unacceptable licenses: miyu% make ===> xephem-3.1 Unacceptable license: no-commercial-use. To build this package, add this line to your /etc/mk.conf: ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES+=no-commercial-use To do this, we need to change the semantics of the IGNORE variable. It is no longer taken as one variable, but rather as one variable with several lines, seperated by whitespace. Each line will be printed on it's own. In addition, the code for the IGNORE_FAIL has been slightly moved around so IGNORE_SILENT can be used together with IGNORE_FAIL now. (does someone use this?).
1999-12-16 04:20:35 +01:00
IGNORE= "Unacceptable license: ${LICENSE}." \
" To build this package, add this line to your /etc/mk.conf:" \
" ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES+=${LICENSE}"
Add an ACCEPTABLE_LICENCES definition to /etc/mk.conf. This is a whitespace-delimited list, and details which types of licences are allowed. Package Makefiles with non-standard licences (shareware, non-commercial-use only) should have a LICENCE= <type> added. Normal package Makefiles remain unchanged. Add logic to bsd.pkg.mk to check, if LICENCE is defined, that the package is acceptable.
1998-07-06 17:10:48 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
.if defined(IGNORE)
This patch cleans up our message for unacceptable licenses: miyu% make ===> xephem-3.1 Unacceptable license: no-commercial-use. To build this package, add this line to your /etc/mk.conf: ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES+=no-commercial-use To do this, we need to change the semantics of the IGNORE variable. It is no longer taken as one variable, but rather as one variable with several lines, seperated by whitespace. Each line will be printed on it's own. In addition, the code for the IGNORE_FAIL has been slightly moved around so IGNORE_SILENT can be used together with IGNORE_FAIL now. (does someone use this?).
1999-12-16 04:20:35 +01:00
.if defined(IGNORE_SILENT)
- The comment above the _COOKIE settings says "don't change these!!", so use = to set them, not ?=. - _DEPENDS_USE doesn't actually do any macro expansion, so save some processing time by executing it exactly once (remove the .USE operator). - Merge the IGNORE targets. Add an IGNORE target for depends and check-depends (see bottom). - Don't check for installation of a package in ${DEPENDS} when doing a "make depends". Instead, let the return code of make fall through (using && instead of ; in the last clause of each depend recursion block). - Provide a variable IGNORE_FAIL: when set, causes the ignore message to be printed (regardless of IGNORE_SILENT or ECHO_MSG setting) and the build to fail with ${FALSE}. Used with the next addition: - Add a new target, "check-depends", which is called as part of "real-fetch". This validates whether the dependencies of a pkg to be built are installed, and if not, whether those dependencies will prospectively build (will not set IGNORE directly or indirectly through the various disable options). Recurses to "depends" with a DEPENDS_TARGET of "check-depends". ...And now, it is no longer necessary to mark dependent pkgs as unusable when their dependencies are unusable thanks to an incorrect LICENSE, _FOR_PLATFORM setting, and so forth. The check-depends step will validate everything before fetching a single file.
1999-05-25 01:04:52 +02:00
IGNORECMD?= ${DO_NADA}
.endif
This patch cleans up our message for unacceptable licenses: miyu% make ===> xephem-3.1 Unacceptable license: no-commercial-use. To build this package, add this line to your /etc/mk.conf: ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES+=no-commercial-use To do this, we need to change the semantics of the IGNORE variable. It is no longer taken as one variable, but rather as one variable with several lines, seperated by whitespace. Each line will be printed on it's own. In addition, the code for the IGNORE_FAIL has been slightly moved around so IGNORE_SILENT can be used together with IGNORE_FAIL now. (does someone use this?).
1999-12-16 04:20:35 +01:00
IGNORECMD?= ${ECHO} -n "===> ${PKGNAME} " ; \
for str in ${IGNORE} ; \
do \
${ECHO} "$$str" ; \
done
.if defined(IGNORE_FAIL)
IGNORECMD+= && ${FALSE}
.endif
- The comment above the _COOKIE settings says "don't change these!!", so use = to set them, not ?=. - _DEPENDS_USE doesn't actually do any macro expansion, so save some processing time by executing it exactly once (remove the .USE operator). - Merge the IGNORE targets. Add an IGNORE target for depends and check-depends (see bottom). - Don't check for installation of a package in ${DEPENDS} when doing a "make depends". Instead, let the return code of make fall through (using && instead of ; in the last clause of each depend recursion block). - Provide a variable IGNORE_FAIL: when set, causes the ignore message to be printed (regardless of IGNORE_SILENT or ECHO_MSG setting) and the build to fail with ${FALSE}. Used with the next addition: - Add a new target, "check-depends", which is called as part of "real-fetch". This validates whether the dependencies of a pkg to be built are installed, and if not, whether those dependencies will prospectively build (will not set IGNORE directly or indirectly through the various disable options). Recurses to "depends" with a DEPENDS_TARGET of "check-depends". ...And now, it is no longer necessary to mark dependent pkgs as unusable when their dependencies are unusable thanks to an incorrect LICENSE, _FOR_PLATFORM setting, and so forth. The check-depends step will validate everything before fetching a single file.
1999-05-25 01:04:52 +02:00
fetch checksum extract patch configure all build install deinstall package \
depends check-depends:
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
@${IGNORECMD}
Re-move .if!defined(__ARCH_OK) to fix use of NO_IGNORE; document some .endif's
1998-01-25 15:46:10 +01:00
.endif # IGNORE
.endif # !NO_IGNORE
+ Add and document the PKG_RELATIVE_SYMLINKS option, which makes sure that a symbolic link in a package is relative to ${PREFIX}, if it is under ${PREFIX}, using the -l argument to pkg_create. + Build a +BUILD_INFO file with appropriate information from the package build. Thanks to Christoph Badura for pointers to the appropriate information.
1998-10-20 18:01:03 +02:00
# Add these defs to the ones dumped into +BUILD_DEFS
BUILD_DEFS+= OPSYS OS_VERSION MACHINE_ARCH MACHINE_GNU_ARCH
Calculate the version of the package tools required when it's needed, using "${MAKE} show-pkgtools-version", rather than every time bsd.pkg.mk is read. Introduce a definition to indicate the versions of package tools which use the pkgdb cache, rather than using a magic 19990302 value.
1999-03-29 13:22:29 +02:00
BUILD_DEFS+= CPPFLAGS CFLAGS LDFLAGS LICENSE
+ Add and document the PKG_RELATIVE_SYMLINKS option, which makes sure that a symbolic link in a package is relative to ${PREFIX}, if it is under ${PREFIX}, using the -l argument to pkg_create. + Build a +BUILD_INFO file with appropriate information from the package build. Thanks to Christoph Badura for pointers to the appropriate information.
1998-10-20 18:01:03 +02:00
BUILD_DEFS+= CONFIGURE_ENV CONFIGURE_ARGS
Add OBJECT_FMT to the list of BUILD_DEFS placed in the BuildInfo file.
1999-09-29 17:13:26 +02:00
BUILD_DEFS+= OBJECT_FMT
+ Add and document the PKG_RELATIVE_SYMLINKS option, which makes sure that a symbolic link in a package is relative to ${PREFIX}, if it is under ${PREFIX}, using the -l argument to pkg_create. + Build a +BUILD_INFO file with appropriate information from the package build. Thanks to Christoph Badura for pointers to the appropriate information.
1998-10-20 18:01:03 +02:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(all)
all: build
.endif
.if !defined(DEPENDS_TARGET)
- Add OpenBSD and FreeBSD Ids in the header - Changes from FreeBSD's V1.164: * Warn if mtree-file not found * On 'make reinstall' gets DEPENDS_TARGET set to 'reinstall' instead of 'install' - Changes from OpenBSD's V1.14: * Documentation and implementation for ONLY_FOR_ARCHS * Documentation and implementation for WRKOBJDIR * Documentation on HAVE_MOTIF and MOTIF_STATIC: set in /etc/mk.conf, not /etc/make.conf * Set NOMANCOMPRESS=no to still compress man-pages (should probably be set to 'yes') * DEF_UMASK=022 * add ${MACHINE} suffix to WRKDIR if OBJMACHINE is set * .include <bsd.own.mk>
1997-09-28 02:44:15 +02:00
.if make(reinstall)
DEPENDS_TARGET= reinstall
.else
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
DEPENDS_TARGET= install
.endif
- Add OpenBSD and FreeBSD Ids in the header - Changes from FreeBSD's V1.164: * Warn if mtree-file not found * On 'make reinstall' gets DEPENDS_TARGET set to 'reinstall' instead of 'install' - Changes from OpenBSD's V1.14: * Documentation and implementation for ONLY_FOR_ARCHS * Documentation and implementation for WRKOBJDIR * Documentation on HAVE_MOTIF and MOTIF_STATIC: set in /etc/mk.conf, not /etc/make.conf * Set NOMANCOMPRESS=no to still compress man-pages (should probably be set to 'yes') * DEF_UMASK=022 * add ${MACHINE} suffix to WRKDIR if OBJMACHINE is set * .include <bsd.own.mk>
1997-09-28 02:44:15 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
################################################################
# The following are used to create easy dummy targets for
# disabling some bit of default target behavior you don't want.
# They still check to see if the target exists, and if so don't
# do anything, since you might want to set this globally for a
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# group of packages in a Makefile.inc, but still be able to
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# override from an individual Makefile.
################################################################
# Disable checksum
Skip checksum step if the ${EXTRACT_COOKIE} exists (NFS speedup if build quits and you want to restart, or you run "make install" separately)
1998-06-02 17:47:06 +02:00
.if (defined(NO_CHECKSUM) && !target(checksum)) || exists(${EXTRACT_COOKIE})
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
checksum: fetch
@${DO_NADA}
.endif
# Disable extract
.if defined(NO_EXTRACT) && !target(extract)
extract: checksum
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${EXTRACT_COOKIE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
checksum: fetch
@${DO_NADA}
makesum:
@${DO_NADA}
.endif
# Disable patch
.if defined(NO_PATCH) && !target(patch)
patch: extract
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${PATCH_COOKIE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Disable configure
.if defined(NO_CONFIGURE) && !target(configure)
configure: patch
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${CONFIGURE_COOKIE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Disable build
.if defined(NO_BUILD) && !target(build)
build: configure
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${BUILD_COOKIE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Disable install
.if defined(NO_INSTALL) && !target(install)
install: build
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${INSTALL_COOKIE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Disable package
.if defined(NO_PACKAGE) && !target(package)
package:
.if defined(IGNORE_SILENT)
@${DO_NADA}
.else
@${ECHO_MSG} "===> ${PKGNAME} may not be packaged: ${NO_PACKAGE}."
.endif
.endif
# Disable describe
.if defined(NO_DESCRIBE) && !target(describe)
describe:
@${DO_NADA}
.endif
################################################################
# More standard targets start here.
#
# These are the body of the build/install framework. If you are
# not happy with the default actions, and you can't solve it by
# adding pre-* or post-* targets/scripts, override these.
################################################################
# Fetch
Combine fetch loops for distribution and patch files to reduce duplicate code. Patch supplied by Jim Bernard in PR pkg/5977.
1998-09-05 21:45:25 +02:00
_FETCH_FILE= \
Don't try to fetch a file if there's a symbolic link in ${DISTDIR}.
1999-07-28 12:58:30 +02:00
if [ ! -f $$file -a ! -f $$bfile -a ! -h $$bfile ]; then \
+ explain "Unacceptable license" message a bit better. + create a +BUILD_VERSION file when creating the package, containing the RCS Id strings of files pertinent to the package build. + re-format one block of code + s/echo/${ECHO}/ + don't give out unnecessary internal pkg information to users (the exact location of registration of the package does not matter).
1998-10-12 21:40:33 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} ">> $$bfile doesn't seem to exist on this system."; \
for site in $$sites; do \
${ECHO_MSG} ">> Attempting to fetch $$bfile from $${site}."; \
if ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} $${site}$${bfile} ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS}; then \
Some master-sites (like the second one of the libslang package) seem to return some "please see the new location"-pages instead of the requested archive, which our ftp(1) doesn't take as an error. Now, add a check here to see if ftp(1) actually got the requested file or something else. Detected by Reinoud Zandijk <zandijk@cs.utwente.nl>, talked over with Frederick Bruckman <fb@enteract.com>.
1999-07-21 14:16:27 +02:00
if [ -n "${FAILOVER_FETCH}" -a -f ${MD5_FILE} -a -f ${_DISTDIR}/$$bfile ]; then \
+ explain "Unacceptable license" message a bit better. + create a +BUILD_VERSION file when creating the package, containing the RCS Id strings of files pertinent to the package build. + re-format one block of code + s/echo/${ECHO}/ + don't give out unnecessary internal pkg information to users (the exact location of registration of the package does not matter).
1998-10-12 21:40:33 +02:00
CKSUM=`${MD5} < ${_DISTDIR}/$$bfile`; \
Patches from Greg Woods to get rid of GNU awk dependencies, so that mawk and nawk can be used in bsd.pkg.mk (by setting AWK accordingly), in PR pkg/6582. With thanks to Hubert for reminding me about this one.
1999-01-19 23:18:19 +01:00
CKSUM2=`${AWK} '$$1 == "MD5" && $$2 == "('$$file')"{print $$4;}' ${MD5_FILE}`; \
+ explain "Unacceptable license" message a bit better. + create a +BUILD_VERSION file when creating the package, containing the RCS Id strings of files pertinent to the package build. + re-format one block of code + s/echo/${ECHO}/ + don't give out unnecessary internal pkg information to users (the exact location of registration of the package does not matter).
1998-10-12 21:40:33 +02:00
if [ "$$CKSUM" = "$$CKSUM2" -o "$$CKSUM2" = "IGNORE" ]; then \
Amend the fetch: target, so that the distfile's integrity is checked with the additional checksum only if FAILOVER_FETCH is set (this does not affect the checksum: target at all). Document FAILOVER_FETCH.
1998-09-01 15:15:29 +02:00
continue 2; \
+ explain "Unacceptable license" message a bit better. + create a +BUILD_VERSION file when creating the package, containing the RCS Id strings of files pertinent to the package build. + re-format one block of code + s/echo/${ECHO}/ + don't give out unnecessary internal pkg information to users (the exact location of registration of the package does not matter).
1998-10-12 21:40:33 +02:00
else \
${ECHO_MSG} ">> Checksum failure - trying next site."; \
Amend the fetch: target, so that the distfile's integrity is checked with the additional checksum only if FAILOVER_FETCH is set (this does not affect the checksum: target at all). Document FAILOVER_FETCH.
1998-09-01 15:15:29 +02:00
fi; \
Some master-sites (like the second one of the libslang package) seem to return some "please see the new location"-pages instead of the requested archive, which our ftp(1) doesn't take as an error. Now, add a check here to see if ftp(1) actually got the requested file or something else. Detected by Reinoud Zandijk <zandijk@cs.utwente.nl>, talked over with Frederick Bruckman <fb@enteract.com>.
1999-07-21 14:16:27 +02:00
elif [ ! -f ${_DISTDIR}/$$bfile ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} ">> FTP didn't fetch expected file, trying next site." ; \
+ explain "Unacceptable license" message a bit better. + create a +BUILD_VERSION file when creating the package, containing the RCS Id strings of files pertinent to the package build. + re-format one block of code + s/echo/${ECHO}/ + don't give out unnecessary internal pkg information to users (the exact location of registration of the package does not matter).
1998-10-12 21:40:33 +02:00
else \
continue 2; \
fi; \
fi \
done; \
${ECHO_MSG} ">> Couldn't fetch it - please try to retrieve this";\
${ECHO_MSG} ">> file manually into ${_DISTDIR} and try again."; \
exit 1; \
fi
Combine fetch loops for distribution and patch files to reduce duplicate code. Patch supplied by Jim Bernard in PR pkg/5977.
1998-09-05 21:45:25 +02:00
Actually apply any patch-local-* local patch files if there are any.
1999-07-27 17:01:30 +02:00
_CHECK_DIST_PATH= \
if [ "X${DIST_PATH}" != "X" ]; then \
for d in "" `${ECHO} ${DIST_PATH} | ${TR} ':' ' '`; do \
if [ "X$$d" = "X" -o "X$$d" = "X${DISTDIR}" ]; then continue; fi; \
if [ -f $$d/${DIST_SUBDIR}/$$bfile ]; then \
${ECHO} "Using $$d/${DIST_SUBDIR}/$$bfile"; \
${RM} -f $$bfile; \
${LN} -s $$d/${DIST_SUBDIR}/$$bfile $$bfile; \
break; \
fi; \
done; \
fi
Add possibility to sort the master download site list according to local preferences (domain suffixes or full regular expressions) by defining MASTER_SORT or MASTER_SORT_REGEX appropriately.
1999-07-13 20:09:19 +02:00
#
# Sort the master site list according to the patterns in MASTER_SORT
#
MASTER_SORT?=
MASTER_SORT_REGEX?=
MASTER_SORT_REGEX+= ${MASTER_SORT:S/./\\./g:C/.*/:\/\/[^\/]*&\//}
MASTER_SORT_AWK= BEGIN { RS = " "; ORS = " "; IGNORECASE = 1 ; gl = "${MASTER_SORT_REGEX}"; }
.for srt in ${MASTER_SORT_REGEX}
MASTER_SORT_AWK+= /${srt:C/\//\\\//g}/ { good["${srt}"] = good["${srt}"] " " $$0 ; next; }
.endfor
MASTER_SORT_AWK+= { rest = rest " " $$0; } END { n=split(gl, gla); for(i=1;i<=n;i++) { print good[gla[i]]; } print rest; }
SORTED_MASTER_SITES!= echo '${MASTER_SITES}' | awk '${MASTER_SORT_AWK}'
Combine fetch loops for distribution and patch files to reduce duplicate code. Patch supplied by Jim Bernard in PR pkg/5977.
1998-09-05 21:45:25 +02:00
.if !target(do-fetch)
do-fetch:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MKDIR} ${_DISTDIR}
${_PKG_SILENT}(${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${_DISTDIR}; \
Add possibility to sort the master download site list according to local preferences (domain suffixes or full regular expressions) by defining MASTER_SORT or MASTER_SORT_REGEX appropriately.
1999-07-13 20:09:19 +02:00
sites="${SORTED_MASTER_SITES}"; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
for file in "" ${_DISTFILES}; do \
if [ "X$$file" = X"" ]; then continue; fi; \
Actually apply any patch-local-* local patch files if there are any.
1999-07-27 17:01:30 +02:00
bfile=`${BASENAME} $$file`; \
${_CHECK_DIST_PATH}; \
${_FETCH_FILE} \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
done)
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.if defined(_PATCHFILES)
${_PKG_SILENT}(${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${_DISTDIR}; \
sites="${PATCH_SITES}"; \
for file in "" ${_PATCHFILES}; do \
if [ "X$$file" = X"" ]; then continue; fi; \
Actually apply any patch-local-* local patch files if there are any.
1999-07-27 17:01:30 +02:00
bfile=`${BASENAME} $$file`; \
${_CHECK_DIST_PATH}; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_FETCH_FILE} \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
done)
.endif
.endif
Add a "show-distfiles" target, used to show the distfiles and patchfiles (including any subdir) for a package. If ${IGNORE} is set, for any reason, do not print anything. The output is relative to ${DISTDIR}. This target can be used to identify out of date distfiles and patchfiles in ${DISTDIR}, in conjunction with suitable filters.
1999-06-28 13:42:28 +02:00
.if !target(show-distfiles)
show-distfiles:
.if defined(IGNORE)
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${DO_NADA}
.else
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
for file in "" ${_CKSUMFILES}; do \
if [ "X$$file" = "X" ]; then continue; fi; \
${ECHO} $$file; \
done
.endif
.endif
Add a show-downlevel target, which shows output of the form: sudo package: sudo-1.5.7p4 installed, pkgsrc version sudo-1.5.9p1 for installed packages whose version does not match that in pkgsrc. No output is produced if the package is not installed. This allows an easy overview of the packages installed on a machine which need to be upgraded.
1999-07-02 14:54:28 +02:00
.if !target(show-downlevel)
show-downlevel:
.if defined(IGNORE)
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${DO_NADA}
.else
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
base=`${ECHO} ${PKGNAME} | ${SED} -e 's|\(.*\)-.*|\1|'`; \
As pointed out by Hubert Feyrer, the pattern that pkg_info takes (in the show-downlevel target) is a shell glob pattern, not a regular expression, so wildcards are '*', not '.*'. Due to the format of package names, the regular expression will match in most cases (a single digit major version number), but that's no excuse.
1999-10-22 16:14:22 +02:00
found=`${PKG_INFO} -e "$$base-[0-9]*" || ${TRUE}`; \
Add a show-downlevel target, which shows output of the form: sudo package: sudo-1.5.7p4 installed, pkgsrc version sudo-1.5.9p1 for installed packages whose version does not match that in pkgsrc. No output is produced if the package is not installed. This allows an easy overview of the packages installed on a machine which need to be upgraded.
1999-07-02 14:54:28 +02:00
if [ "X$$found" != "X" -a "X$$found" != "X${PKGNAME}" ]; then \
${ECHO} "$$base package: $$found installed, pkgsrc version ${PKGNAME}"; \
fi
.endif
.endif
Add a MIRROR_DISTFILE variable; defaults to "yes", and should be set to "no" in a package's Makefile when the authors have placed restrictions on the redistribution of the distfiles. (Thanks to Jason Thorpe for the idea). Add a `mirror' target, which will do a "make fetch" if the package's distfile is allowed to be redistributed. This is for use on sites which mirror package distfiles. (Thanks to Charles Hannum for the idea).
1998-01-22 11:20:48 +01:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Extract
Rewrite the extraction commands to be more intuitive. In the vast majority of cases, nothing has changed (i.e. .tgz, .tar.gz, and .tar.bz2). EXTRACT_USING_PAX can be set as before. For custom extractions, instead of using EXTRACT_BEFORE_ARGS, EXTRACT_AFTER_ARGS and EXTRACT_CMD, simply set EXTRACT_CMD to be the command needed to decompress and extract the lements from the archive. ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} can be used to reference the distfile(s). e.g. for compressed shars, where previously there was: EXTRACT_CMD= ${GZCAT} EXTRACT_BEFORE_ARGS= EXTRACT_AFTER_ARGS= |sh now use: EXTRACT_CMD= ${GZCAT} ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} | ${SH}
1999-04-01 16:07:52 +02:00
DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE= ${_DISTDIR}/$$file
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(do-extract)
do-extract:
Modifications for a read-only pkgsrc (but writable WRKOBJDIR).
1998-09-15 19:05:04 +02:00
.ifndef NO_WRKDIR
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
.ifndef KEEP_WRKDIR
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -rf ${WRKDIR}
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
.endif
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MKDIR} ${WRKDIR}
If WRKOBJDIR is set, try to create a symbolic link to the working directory, but fail silently if we can't (for read-only pkgsrc use). Also clean up properly if WRKOBJDIR is set.
1998-09-16 10:46:58 +02:00
.ifdef WRKOBJDIR
Improve ELF shared lib handling, so that it now works on Solaris. In the process, it was found that the Solaris ln(1) doesn't work quite the way its manual page claims it does. In particular, "ln -fs a b" will fail if b already exists, rather than deleting the link. Work around this by using an explicit rm(1) prior to calling "ln -s".
1999-03-09 16:31:59 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Ignore result of ${RM} command in do-extract target - the original ${LN} -fs command was split into two specific commands: ${RM} -f, then ${LN} -s, for Solaris ln(1) behaviour, and, as pointed out by Julian Coleman, this can have an unfortunate side-effect on read-only filesystems.
1999-08-04 15:49:02 +02:00
${RM} -f ${WRKDIR_BASENAME} || ${TRUE}; \
Improve ELF shared lib handling, so that it now works on Solaris. In the process, it was found that the Solaris ln(1) doesn't work quite the way its manual page claims it does. In particular, "ln -fs a b" will fail if b already exists, rather than deleting the link. Work around this by using an explicit rm(1) prior to calling "ln -s".
1999-03-09 16:31:59 +01:00
if ${LN} -s ${WRKDIR} ${WRKDIR_BASENAME} 2>/dev/null; then \
If WRKOBJDIR is set, try to create a symbolic link to the working directory, but fail silently if we can't (for read-only pkgsrc use). Also clean up properly if WRKOBJDIR is set.
1998-09-16 10:46:58 +02:00
${ECHO} "${WRKDIR_BASENAME} -> ${WRKDIR}"; \
fi
.endif # WRKOBJDIR
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Fix another difference between Solaris and NetBSD sh(1). On Solaris, for f in $var; do... where $var is empty, produces an error.
1999-03-09 17:39:56 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
for file in "" ${EXTRACT_ONLY}; do \
if [ "X$$file" = X"" ]; then continue; fi; \
Rewrite the extraction commands to be more intuitive. In the vast majority of cases, nothing has changed (i.e. .tgz, .tar.gz, and .tar.bz2). EXTRACT_USING_PAX can be set as before. For custom extractions, instead of using EXTRACT_BEFORE_ARGS, EXTRACT_AFTER_ARGS and EXTRACT_CMD, simply set EXTRACT_CMD to be the command needed to decompress and extract the lements from the archive. ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} can be used to reference the distfile(s). e.g. for compressed shars, where previously there was: EXTRACT_CMD= ${GZCAT} EXTRACT_BEFORE_ARGS= EXTRACT_AFTER_ARGS= |sh now use: EXTRACT_CMD= ${GZCAT} ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} | ${SH}
1999-04-01 16:07:52 +02:00
(cd ${WRKDIR} && ${EXTRACT_CMD}); \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
done
.endif
# Patch
.if !target(do-patch)
do-patch:
.if defined(PATCHFILES)
@${ECHO_MSG} "===> Applying distribution patches for ${PKGNAME}"
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}(${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${_DISTDIR}; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
for i in ${PATCHFILES}; do \
if [ ${PATCH_DEBUG_TMP} = yes ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Applying distribution patch $$i" ; \
fi; \
case $$i in \
*.Z|*.gz) \
If applying a patch fails, tell which patch failed.
1999-01-09 21:52:30 +01:00
${GZCAT} $$i | ${PATCH} ${PATCH_DIST_ARGS} \
|| ( ${ECHO} Patch $$i failed ; exit 1 ) ; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
;; \
*) \
If applying a patch fails, tell which patch failed.
1999-01-09 21:52:30 +01:00
${PATCH} ${PATCH_DIST_ARGS} < $$i \
|| ( ${ECHO} Patch $$i failed ; exit 1 ) ; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
;; \
esac; \
done)
.endif
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ -d ${PATCHDIR} ]; then \
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
if [ "`${ECHO} ${PATCHDIR}/patch-*`" = "${PATCHDIR}/patch-*" ]; then \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Ignoring empty patch directory"; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
if [ -d ${PATCHDIR}/CVS ]; then \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Perhaps you forgot the -P flag to cvs co or update?"; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
fi; \
else \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Applying ${OPSYS} patches for ${PKGNAME}" ; \
Re-visit the patch-sum modifications: (a) if the patch file does not exist in the patch-sum file, then print a warning to the user, and ignore the patch file. In particular, do not exit with an error. (b) if the patch file's calculated checksum does not match the one recorded in the patch-sum file, print a warning to the user, and try the other patch files. Once all patch files have been attempted, exit with an error. Also, don't bother to check for patch-local-* files inside the checksum logic - they're already ignored at the head of the loop.
1999-07-26 18:46:43 +02:00
fail=""; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
for i in ${PATCHDIR}/patch-*; do \
case $$i in \
*.orig|*.rej|*~) \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Ignoring patchfile $$i" ; \
Actually apply any patch-local-* local patch files if there are any.
1999-07-27 17:01:30 +02:00
continue; \
;; \
${PATCHDIR}/patch-local-*) \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
;; \
*) \
if [ -f ${PATCH_SUM_FILE} ]; then \
filename=`expr $$i : '.*/\(.*\)'`; \
calcsum=`${SED} -e '/\$$NetBSD.*/d' $$i | ${MD5}`; \
recorded=`${AWK} '$$1 == "MD5" && $$2 == "('$$filename')" { print $$4; }' ${PATCH_SUM_FILE} || ${TRUE}`; \
if [ "X$$recorded" = "X" ]; then \
Re-visit the patch-sum modifications: (a) if the patch file does not exist in the patch-sum file, then print a warning to the user, and ignore the patch file. In particular, do not exit with an error. (b) if the patch file's calculated checksum does not match the one recorded in the patch-sum file, print a warning to the user, and try the other patch files. Once all patch files have been attempted, exit with an error. Also, don't bother to check for patch-local-* files inside the checksum logic - they're already ignored at the head of the loop.
1999-07-26 18:46:43 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "**************************************"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "Ignoring unknown patch file: $$i"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "**************************************"; \
continue; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
fi; \
if [ "X$$calcsum" != "X$$recorded" ]; then \
Re-visit the patch-sum modifications: (a) if the patch file does not exist in the patch-sum file, then print a warning to the user, and ignore the patch file. In particular, do not exit with an error. (b) if the patch file's calculated checksum does not match the one recorded in the patch-sum file, print a warning to the user, and try the other patch files. Once all patch files have been attempted, exit with an error. Also, don't bother to check for patch-local-* files inside the checksum logic - they're already ignored at the head of the loop.
1999-07-26 18:46:43 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "**************************************"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "Patch file $$i has been modified"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "**************************************"; \
fail="$$fail $$filename"; \
Actually apply any patch-local-* local patch files if there are any.
1999-07-27 17:01:30 +02:00
continue; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
fi; \
fi; \
;; \
esac; \
Actually apply any patch-local-* local patch files if there are any.
1999-07-27 17:01:30 +02:00
if [ ${PATCH_DEBUG_TMP} = yes ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Applying ${OPSYS} patch $$i" ; \
fi; \
Introduce a variable called PATCH_FUZZ_FACTOR, default "", and use it if patch(1) is smart enough (i.e. not Solaris by default). Also introduce a second patch stage (in the package patch phase, not the distribution patches), whereby a misapplied patch with ${PATCH_FUZZ_FACTOR} will be tried again without a fuzz factor. This will fail on package patches which patch many files, but these should be fixed anyway.
1999-11-12 11:34:47 +01:00
fuzz=""; \
${PATCH} -v > /dev/null 2>&1 && fuzz="${PATCH_FUZZ_FACTOR}"; \
${PATCH} $$fuzz ${PATCH_ARGS} < $$i || \
( ${ECHO} Patch $$i failed ; exit 1 ) ; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
done; \
Re-visit the patch-sum modifications: (a) if the patch file does not exist in the patch-sum file, then print a warning to the user, and ignore the patch file. In particular, do not exit with an error. (b) if the patch file's calculated checksum does not match the one recorded in the patch-sum file, print a warning to the user, and try the other patch files. Once all patch files have been attempted, exit with an error. Also, don't bother to check for patch-local-* files inside the checksum logic - they're already ignored at the head of the loop.
1999-07-26 18:46:43 +02:00
if [ "X$$fail" != "X" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "Patching failed due to modified patch file(s): $$fail"; \
exit 1; \
fi; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
fi; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
fi
.endif
# Configure
.if !target(do-configure)
do-configure:
Added LTCONFIG_OVERRIDE and LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE definition to substitute pkglibtool for the pkg's own libtool. "ltconfig" is script to make "libtool" script. "ltconfig" is executed by GNU's "configure" script at "do-configure" target. if USE_LIBTOOL and LTCONFIG_OVERRIDE defined, specified "ltconfig" is overrided to symlink pkglibtool to "libtool" instead of making "libtool" before executing "configure". if USE_LIBTOOL and LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE defined, specified "libtool" is removed, and symlinked from pkglibtool after executing "configure" (and "ltconfig").
1999-12-07 09:55:58 +01:00
.if defined(USE_LIBTOOL) && defined(LTCONFIG_OVERRIDE) && !defined(LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE)
.for ltconfig in ${LTCONFIG_OVERRIDE}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ -f ${ltconfig} ]; then \
${ECHO} "${RM} -f libtool; ${LN} -s ${LIBTOOL} libtool" \
> ${ltconfig}; \
fi
.endfor
.endif
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ -f ${SCRIPTDIR}/configure ]; then \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
cd ${.CURDIR} && ${SETENV} ${SCRIPTS_ENV} ${SH} \
${SCRIPTDIR}/configure; \
fi
.if defined(HAS_CONFIGURE)
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}(${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${WRKSRC} && ${SETENV} CC="${CC}" ac_cv_path_CC="${CC}" \
A foolish consistency: use && rather than ; in a bunch of places. Also, use ${SETENV} explicitly for configure.
1998-11-07 15:41:50 +01:00
CFLAGS="${CFLAGS}" \
Avoid shell smarts: on NetBSD, type is a sh(1) builtin. If make(1) is invoked, a subsequent "type make" will give "make is a tracked alias for /usr/bin/make". Using awk(1) to find the third part of that can lose. type is also a sh(1) builtin on Solaris, which prints "make is hashed (/usr/bin/make)". However, there is a separate /usr/bin/type, which prints the pathname at the end. Minor reformat in same target - replace spaces by tabs where possible.
1999-03-31 12:59:44 +02:00
INSTALL="`${TYPE} ${INSTALL} | ${AWK} '{ print $$NF }'` -c -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP}" \
Always add "${INSTALL_DATA}" to environment for "configure" target, too.
1999-05-20 21:50:09 +02:00
INSTALL_DATA="${INSTALL_DATA}" \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
INSTALL_PROGRAM="${INSTALL_PROGRAM}" \
Always add "${INSTALL_SCRIPT}" to environment for "configure" target.
1999-05-20 21:21:02 +02:00
INSTALL_SCRIPT="${INSTALL_SCRIPT}" \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${CONFIGURE_ENV} ./${CONFIGURE_SCRIPT} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS})
.endif
.if defined(USE_IMAKE)
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}(${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${WRKSRC} && ${SETENV} ${SCRIPTS_ENV} XPROJECTROOT=${X11BASE} ${XMKMF})
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Added LTCONFIG_OVERRIDE and LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE definition to substitute pkglibtool for the pkg's own libtool. "ltconfig" is script to make "libtool" script. "ltconfig" is executed by GNU's "configure" script at "do-configure" target. if USE_LIBTOOL and LTCONFIG_OVERRIDE defined, specified "ltconfig" is overrided to symlink pkglibtool to "libtool" instead of making "libtool" before executing "configure". if USE_LIBTOOL and LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE defined, specified "libtool" is removed, and symlinked from pkglibtool after executing "configure" (and "ltconfig").
1999-12-07 09:55:58 +01:00
.if defined(USE_LIBTOOL) && defined(LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE) && !defined(LTCONFIG_OVERRIDE)
.for libtool in ${LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ -f ${libtool} ]; then \
${RM} -f ${libtool}; \
${LN} -s ${LIBTOOL} ${libtool}; \
fi
.endfor
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Build
.if !target(do-build)
do-build:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}(${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${WRKSRC} && ${SETENV} ${MAKE_ENV} ${MAKE_PROGRAM} ${MAKE_FLAGS} -f ${MAKEFILE} ${ALL_TARGET})
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Install
.if !target(do-install)
do-install:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}(${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${WRKSRC} && ${SETENV} ${MAKE_ENV} ${MAKE_PROGRAM} ${MAKE_FLAGS} -f ${MAKEFILE} ${INSTALL_TARGET})
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Package
.if !target(do-package)
Automatically append HOMEPAge to DESCR files, and remove homepage URLs from individual DESCR files that had them.
1998-08-26 18:50:48 +02:00
do-package: ${PLIST} ${DESCR}
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if ${TEST} -e ${PLIST}; then \
When we're making a _binary_ package, say so.
1999-11-22 03:42:30 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Building binary package for ${PKGNAME}"; \
If ${PACKAGES} does not exist, use it anyway. Allows settinsg such as PACKAGES=${PKGSRCDIR}/packages/${OS_VERSION}/${MACHINE_ARCH} _without_ having to ensure each ${OS_VERSION}/${MACHINE_ARCH} is manually created beforehand.
1999-05-12 07:35:55 +02:00
if [ ! -d ${PKGREPOSITORY} ]; then \
${MKDIR} ${PKGREPOSITORY}; \
if [ $$? -ne 0 ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} ">> Can't create directory ${PKGREPOSITORY}."; \
exit 1; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
fi; \
fi; \
if ${PKG_CREATE} ${PKG_ARGS} ${PKGFILE}; then \
If ${PACKAGES} does not exist, use it anyway. Allows settinsg such as PACKAGES=${PKGSRCDIR}/packages/${OS_VERSION}/${MACHINE_ARCH} _without_ having to ensure each ${OS_VERSION}/${MACHINE_ARCH} is manually created beforehand.
1999-05-12 07:35:55 +02:00
${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} package-links; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
else \
${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} delete-package; \
exit 1; \
fi; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
fi
.endif
# Some support rules for do-package
.if !target(package-links)
package-links:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} delete-package-links
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}for cat in ${CATEGORIES}; do \
if [ ! -d ${PACKAGES}/$$cat ]; then \
Solaris sh(1) doesn't understand the "if ! command; then..." construct. So dumb-down the shell commands used: make them into "command; if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then..." Suggested by David Brownlee.
1999-03-09 12:14:52 +01:00
${MKDIR} ${PACKAGES}/$$cat; \
if [ $$? -ne 0 ]; then \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} ">> Can't create directory ${PACKAGES}/$$cat."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
exit 1; \
fi; \
fi; \
${LN} -s ../${PKGREPOSITORYSUBDIR}/${PKGNAME}${PKG_SUFX} ${PACKAGES}/$$cat; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
done;
.endif
.if !target(delete-package-links)
delete-package-links:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -f ${PACKAGES}/[a-z]*/${PKGNAME}${PKG_SUFX};
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
.if !target(delete-package)
delete-package:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} delete-package-links
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -f ${PKGFILE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Add automatic manual page handling. This is backwards-compatible with the MANx and CATx definitions in package Makefiles - if neither MANx or CATx is specified, the PLIST will be searched for the package's manual pages. If automatic manual page handling is in operation, and PKG_VERBOSE is set, echo the manual page names.
1998-06-18 13:45:33 +02:00
# Set the PLIST_SRC definition, if necessary
.if !defined(PLIST_SRC)
.if exists(${PKGDIR}/PLIST)
PLIST_SRC= ${PKGDIR}/PLIST
.elif exists(${PKGDIR}/PLIST-mi) && \
exists(${PKGDIR}/PLIST-md.shared) && \
exists(${PKGDIR}/PLIST-md.static)
PLIST_SRC= ${PKGDIR}/PLIST-mi
Use PLIST-md.shared on alpha and place an exception into perl's Makefile, not into the generic bsd.pkg.mk.
1998-10-03 05:14:23 +02:00
.if defined(NOPIC)
Add automatic manual page handling. This is backwards-compatible with the MANx and CATx definitions in package Makefiles - if neither MANx or CATx is specified, the PLIST will be searched for the package's manual pages. If automatic manual page handling is in operation, and PKG_VERBOSE is set, echo the manual page names.
1998-06-18 13:45:33 +02:00
PLIST_SRC+= ${PKGDIR}/PLIST-md.static
.else
PLIST_SRC+= ${PKGDIR}/PLIST-md.shared
Use PLIST-md.shared on alpha and place an exception into perl's Makefile, not into the generic bsd.pkg.mk.
1998-10-03 05:14:23 +02:00
.endif # NOPIC
Add automatic manual page handling. This is backwards-compatible with the MANx and CATx definitions in package Makefiles - if neither MANx or CATx is specified, the PLIST will be searched for the package's manual pages. If automatic manual page handling is in operation, and PKG_VERBOSE is set, echo the manual page names.
1998-06-18 13:45:33 +02:00
.else # no PLIST at all
PLIST_SRC=
.endif # ${PKGDIR}/PLIST
.endif # !PLIST_SRC
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
################################################################
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# This is the "generic" package target, actually a macro used from the
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# six main targets. See below for more.
################################################################
_PORT_USE: .USE
.if make(real-extract)
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} build-depends misc-depends
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${SETENV} ${MAKE_ENV} ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} ${.TARGET:S/^real-/pre-/}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ -f ${SCRIPTDIR}/${.TARGET:S/^real-/pre-/} ]; then \
cd ${.CURDIR} && ${SETENV} ${SCRIPTS_ENV} ${SH} \
${SCRIPTDIR}/${.TARGET:S/^real-/pre-/}; \
fi
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${SETENV} ${MAKE_ENV} ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} ${.TARGET:S/^real-/do-/}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${SETENV} ${MAKE_ENV} ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} ${.TARGET:S/^real-/post-/}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ -f ${SCRIPTDIR}/${.TARGET:S/^real-/post-/} ]; then \
cd ${.CURDIR} && ${SETENV} ${SCRIPTS_ENV} ${SH} \
${SCRIPTDIR}/${.TARGET:S/^real-/post-/}; \
fi
.if !make(real-fetch) \
&& (!make(real-patch) || !defined(PATCH_CHECK_ONLY)) \
&& (!make(real-package) || !defined(PACKAGE_NOINSTALL))
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${WRKDIR}/.${.TARGET:S/^real-//}_done
.endif
revert last change, and make sure the PLIST actually exists where it is used (after discussion with hubertf)
2000-02-13 00:46:05 +01:00
root-install:
Re-introduce NO_PKG_REGISTER. We now have a use for it.
1998-08-28 13:13:23 +02:00
.if !defined(NO_PKG_REGISTER) && !defined(FORCE_PKG_REGISTER)
Add support for CONFLICTS entry.
1998-06-05 13:23:09 +02:00
.if defined(CONFLICTS)
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -f ${WRKDIR}/.CONFLICTS
+ Remove the generated ${PLIST} file when doing a re-install. + Enable wildcard matching in DEPENDS and CONFLICTS definitions.
1998-08-25 18:26:09 +02:00
.for conflict in ${CONFLICTS}
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}found="`${PKG_INFO} -e \"${conflict}\" || ${TRUE}`"; \
+ Remove the generated ${PLIST} file when doing a re-install. + Enable wildcard matching in DEPENDS and CONFLICTS definitions.
1998-08-25 18:26:09 +02:00
if [ X"$$found" != X"" ]; then \
${ECHO} "$$found" >> ${WRKDIR}/.CONFLICTS; \
fi
.endfor
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ -s ${WRKDIR}/.CONFLICTS ]; then \
+ Remove the generated ${PLIST} file when doing a re-install. + Enable wildcard matching in DEPENDS and CONFLICTS definitions.
1998-08-25 18:26:09 +02:00
found=`cat ${WRKDIR}/.CONFLICTS | ${SED} -e s'|${PKG_DBDIR}/||g' | tr '\012' ' '`; \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> ${PKGNAME} conflicts with installed package(s): $$found found."; \
${ECHO_MSG} " They install the same files into the same place."; \
${ECHO_MSG} " Please remove $$found first with pkg_delete(1)."; \
${RM} -f ${WRKDIR}/.CONFLICTS; \
exit 1; \
fi
.endif # CONFLICTS
Don't recognize foo-bar-x.y as an old version already installed when installing foo-u.v. (Necessary workaround for deficiency of shell globs; works as long as version numbers start with a digit)
1999-06-14 03:56:52 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}found="`${PKG_INFO} -e \"${PKGNAME:C/-[^-]*$/-[0-9]*/}\" || ${TRUE}`"; \
Do not overwrite (files of) other pkg versions, warn instead.
1999-02-16 04:23:04 +01:00
if [ "$$found" != "" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> $$found is already installed - perhaps an older version?"; \
${ECHO_MSG} " If so, you may wish to \`\`pkg_delete $$found'' and install"; \
When a package is already installed, tell people about ``make update'' in addition to ``make reinstall'' and ``make FORCE_PKG_REGISTER= install''
1999-09-18 06:24:22 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} " this package again by \`\`${MAKE} reinstall'' to upgrade it properly,"; \
${ECHO_MSG} " or use \`\`${MAKE} update'' to upgrade it and all of its dependencies."; \
Do not overwrite (files of) other pkg versions, warn instead.
1999-02-16 04:23:04 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} " If you really wish to overwrite the old package of $$found"; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} " without deleting it first, set the variable \"FORCE_PKG_REGISTER\""; \
make -> ${MAKE}, as per FreeBSD's PR 6341.
1998-04-19 14:48:07 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} " in your environment or the \"${MAKE} install\" command line."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
exit 1; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
fi
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
.endif # !NO_PKG_REGISTER && !NO_FORCE_REGISTER
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ `${SH} -c umask` != ${DEF_UMASK} ]; then \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Warning: your umask is \"`${SH} -c umask`"\".; \
Give better help if umask is wrong: tell the expected umask, and mention that the just installed package may be deinstalled with "make deinstall" first. Pointed out in PR 5973 by Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
1999-01-19 02:30:29 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} " If this is not desired, set it to an appropriate value (${DEF_UMASK})"; \
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} " and install this package again by \`\`${MAKE} deinstall reinstall''."; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
fi
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} run-depends
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !defined(NO_MTREE)
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ `${ID} -u` = 0 ]; then \
if [ ! -f ${MTREE_FILE} ]; then \
- Add OpenBSD and FreeBSD Ids in the header - Changes from FreeBSD's V1.164: * Warn if mtree-file not found * On 'make reinstall' gets DEPENDS_TARGET set to 'reinstall' instead of 'install' - Changes from OpenBSD's V1.14: * Documentation and implementation for ONLY_FOR_ARCHS * Documentation and implementation for WRKOBJDIR * Documentation on HAVE_MOTIF and MOTIF_STATIC: set in /etc/mk.conf, not /etc/make.conf * Set NOMANCOMPRESS=no to still compress man-pages (should probably be set to 'yes') * DEF_UMASK=022 * add ${MACHINE} suffix to WRKDIR if OBJMACHINE is set * .include <bsd.own.mk>
1997-09-28 02:44:15 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "Error: mtree file \"${MTREE_FILE}\" is missing."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
exit 1; \
else \
if [ ! -d ${PREFIX} ]; then \
mkdir -p ${PREFIX}; \
fi; \
Linux bits; now the package system works on Linux too.
1999-06-23 19:06:20 +02:00
${MTREE} ${MTREE_ARGS} ${PREFIX}/; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
fi; \
else \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "Warning: not superuser, can't run mtree."; \
${ECHO_MSG} "Become root and try again to ensure correct permissions."; \
fi
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
.endif # !NO_MTREE
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${SETENV} ${MAKE_ENV} ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} pre-install
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ -f ${SCRIPTDIR}/pre-install ]; then \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
cd ${.CURDIR} && ${SETENV} ${SCRIPTS_ENV} ${SH} \
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
${SCRIPTDIR}/pre-install; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
fi
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${SETENV} ${MAKE_ENV} ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} do-install
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${SETENV} ${MAKE_ENV} ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} post-install
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ -f ${SCRIPTDIR}/post-install ]; then \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
cd ${.CURDIR} && ${SETENV} ${SCRIPTS_ENV} ${SH} \
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
${SCRIPTDIR}/post-install; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
fi
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.for f in ${INFO_FILES}
Unless package debugging is enabled don't output commands during automatical registration of info files.
1999-05-05 00:44:10 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${ECHO} "install-info --info-dir=${PREFIX}/info ${PREFIX}/info/${f}"; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
install-info --remove --info-dir=${PREFIX}/info ${PREFIX}/info/${f}; \
install-info --info-dir=${PREFIX}/info ${PREFIX}/info/${f}
.endfor
revert last change, and make sure the PLIST actually exists where it is used (after discussion with hubertf)
2000-02-13 00:46:05 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} ${PLIST}
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}(${_PKG_DEBUG}newmanpages=`${EGREP} -h \
Do not include lines like @exec ln -fs dlopen.3.gz %D/emul/linux/usr/man/man3/dlclose.3.gz into the list of manpages to decompress (for automatic manpage compression handling. Bug hit in the emulators/suse_base package, hashed out by tron.
1999-09-21 14:53:14 +02:00
'^([^@/]*/)*man/([^/]*/)?(man[1-9ln]/.*\.[1-9ln]|cat[1-9ln]/.*\.0)(\.gz)?$$' \
Be quiet about finding no gzipped man pages in PLIST.
2000-02-12 18:24:41 +01:00
${PLIST} 2>/dev/null || ${TRUE}`; \
Add automatic manual page handling. This is backwards-compatible with the MANx and CATx definitions in package Makefiles - if neither MANx or CATx is specified, the PLIST will be searched for the package's manual pages. If automatic manual page handling is in operation, and PKG_VERBOSE is set, echo the manual page names.
1998-06-18 13:45:33 +02:00
if [ X"${MANCOMPRESSED}" != X"" -a X"${MANZ}" = X"" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> [Automatic manual page handling]"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Decompressing manual pages for ${PKGNAME}"; \
Use one gonzo regular expression to recognise man and catman pages.
1998-06-22 11:12:48 +02:00
for manpage in $$newmanpages; do \
Add automatic manual page handling. This is backwards-compatible with the MANx and CATx definitions in package Makefiles - if neither MANx or CATx is specified, the PLIST will be searched for the package's manual pages. If automatic manual page handling is in operation, and PKG_VERBOSE is set, echo the manual page names.
1998-06-18 13:45:33 +02:00
manpage=`${ECHO} $$manpage | ${SED} -e 's|\.gz$$||'`; \
Use -h instead of -L in test(1) when testing for a symbolic link.
1999-08-24 21:03:08 +02:00
if [ -h ${PREFIX}/$$manpage.gz ]; then \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
set - `${FILE} ${PREFIX}/$$manpage.gz | ${SED} -e 's|\.gz$$||'`; \
Handle decompression of symlinked manual pages.
1998-11-19 23:59:03 +01:00
shift `expr $$# - 1`; \
Improve ELF shared lib handling, so that it now works on Solaris. In the process, it was found that the Solaris ln(1) doesn't work quite the way its manual page claims it does. In particular, "ln -fs a b" will fail if b already exists, rather than deleting the link. Work around this by using an explicit rm(1) prior to calling "ln -s".
1999-03-09 16:31:59 +01:00
${RM} -f ${PREFIX}/$$manpage; \
${LN} -s $${1} ${PREFIX}/$$manpage; \
Handle decompression of symlinked manual pages.
1998-11-19 23:59:03 +01:00
${RM} ${PREFIX}/$$manpage.gz; \
else \
${GUNZIP_CMD} ${PREFIX}/$$manpage.gz; \
fi; \
Add automatic manual page handling. This is backwards-compatible with the MANx and CATx definitions in package Makefiles - if neither MANx or CATx is specified, the PLIST will be searched for the package's manual pages. If automatic manual page handling is in operation, and PKG_VERBOSE is set, echo the manual page names.
1998-06-18 13:45:33 +02:00
if [ X"${PKG_VERBOSE}" != X"" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "$$manpage"; \
fi; \
done; \
fi; \
if [ X"${MANCOMPRESSED}" = X"" -a X"${MANZ}" != X"" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> [Automatic manual page handling]"; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Compressing manual pages for ${PKGNAME}"; \
Use one gonzo regular expression to recognise man and catman pages.
1998-06-22 11:12:48 +02:00
for manpage in $$newmanpages; do \
Add automatic manual page handling. This is backwards-compatible with the MANx and CATx definitions in package Makefiles - if neither MANx or CATx is specified, the PLIST will be searched for the package's manual pages. If automatic manual page handling is in operation, and PKG_VERBOSE is set, echo the manual page names.
1998-06-18 13:45:33 +02:00
manpage=`${ECHO} $$manpage | ${SED} -e 's|\.gz$$||'`; \
Use -h instead of -L in test(1) when testing for a symbolic link.
1999-08-24 21:03:08 +02:00
if [ -h ${PREFIX}/$$manpage ]; then \
Add automatic manual page handling. This is backwards-compatible with the MANx and CATx definitions in package Makefiles - if neither MANx or CATx is specified, the PLIST will be searched for the package's manual pages. If automatic manual page handling is in operation, and PKG_VERBOSE is set, echo the manual page names.
1998-06-18 13:45:33 +02:00
set - `${FILE} ${PREFIX}/$$manpage`; \
shift `expr $$# - 1`; \
Improve ELF shared lib handling, so that it now works on Solaris. In the process, it was found that the Solaris ln(1) doesn't work quite the way its manual page claims it does. In particular, "ln -fs a b" will fail if b already exists, rather than deleting the link. Work around this by using an explicit rm(1) prior to calling "ln -s".
1999-03-09 16:31:59 +01:00
${RM} -f ${PREFIX}/$$manpage.gz; \
${LN} -s $${1}.gz ${PREFIX}/$$manpage.gz; \
Add automatic manual page handling. This is backwards-compatible with the MANx and CATx definitions in package Makefiles - if neither MANx or CATx is specified, the PLIST will be searched for the package's manual pages. If automatic manual page handling is in operation, and PKG_VERBOSE is set, echo the manual page names.
1998-06-18 13:45:33 +02:00
${RM} ${PREFIX}/$$manpage; \
else \
${GZIP_CMD} ${PREFIX}/$$manpage; \
fi; \
if [ X"${PKG_VERBOSE}" != X"" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "$$manpage"; \
fi; \
done; \
fi)
Re-enable shared lib handling on Solaris as well as NetBSD. "Someone" owes me big-time for this.
1999-10-19 16:08:47 +02:00
.if ${OPSYS} == "NetBSD" || ${OPSYS} == "SunOS"
Recognise "lib" entries with two or more version numbers, in the PLIST, as shared objects. Tested with both GNU egrep and Solaris XPG4 egrep. Not the most compact of regular expressions, due to non-portability of {n,m} repetition atoms between different versions of egrep.
1999-11-01 12:15:20 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}(${_PKG_DEBUG} \
sos=`${EGREP} -h -x '.*/lib[^/]+\.so\.[0-9]+(\.[0-9]+)+' ${PLIST} || ${TRUE}`; \
if [ "X$$sos" != "X" ]; then \
Work out the type of shared libraries once, at "make install" time, and do this dynamically. This means that we no longer have to have a separate pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk, which was a maintenance nightmare, and usually out of date, and quite costly too (with a calculation of whether NetBSD-current was being run every time the file was read). Also, on a.out, add ldconfig lines to the generated PLIST only if they're not already there, rather than if they were previously there, and ignore the return value from ldconfig, which cannot be trusted. The ldconfig calls have largely been made obsolete by the use of -rpath, but keep it for just now for backwards compatibility.
1999-04-13 16:18:11 +02:00
shlib_type=`${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} show-shlib-type`; \
case "$$shlib_type" in \
Fill in SHLIB_TYPE in the pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk. Use this value in bsd.pkg.mk to work out the type of shared objects when doing automatic shared object handling (ELF, a.out or none).
1998-07-14 17:53:54 +02:00
"ELF") \
Avoid unnecessary shell variable usage.
1999-07-23 23:35:20 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "===> [Automatic ELF shared object handling]";\
Make ELF shared object links work again using nawk as well as gawk. Use awk more efficiently.
1999-10-20 11:57:47 +02:00
${AWK} 'function makelinks(target, lib, v1, v2, v3) { \
print target; \
slashc = split(target, slashes, "/"); \
if (v3 >= 0) { \
system(sprintf("${RM} -f ${PREFIX}/%s.%s.%s.%s; ${LN} -s %s ${PREFIX}/%s.%s.%s.%s", lib, v1, v2, v3, slashes[slashc], lib, v1, v2, v3)); \
printf("%s.%s.%s.%s\n", lib, v1, v2, v3); \
} \
Optimise some of the ELF shared object awk script.
1999-10-21 16:23:38 +02:00
system(sprintf("${RM} -f ${PREFIX}/%s.%s.%s; ${LN} -s %s ${PREFIX}/%s.%s.%s", lib, v1, v2, slashes[slashc], lib, v1, v2)); \
system(sprintf("${RM} -f ${PREFIX}/%s.%s; ${LN} -s %s ${PREFIX}/%s.%s", lib, v1, slashes[slashc], lib, v1)); \
printf("%s.%s.%s\n%s.%s\n", lib, v1, v2, lib, v1); \
Make ELF shared object links work again using nawk as well as gawk. Use awk more efficiently.
1999-10-20 11:57:47 +02:00
} \
/^@/ { print; next } \
/.*\/lib[^\/]+\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+$$/ { \
dotc = split($$0, dots, "\."); \
lib = dots[1]; \
for (i = 2 ; i <= dotc - 4 ; i++) \
lib = lib "." dots[i]; \
makelinks($$0, lib, dots[dotc - 3], dots[dotc - 2], dots[dotc - 1]); \
next; \
} \
/.*\/lib[^\/]+\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+$$/ { \
dotc = split($$0, dots, "\."); \
lib = dots[1]; \
for (i = 2 ; i <= dotc - 3 ; i++) \
lib = lib "." dots[i]; \
makelinks($$0, lib, dots[dotc - 2], dots[dotc - 1], -1); \
next; \
} \
/.*\/lib[^\/]+\.so\.[0-9]+$$/ { next; } \
/.*\/lib[^\/]+\.so$$/ { next; } \
{ print; }' < ${PLIST} > ${PLIST}.tmp && ${MV} ${PLIST}.tmp ${PLIST}; \
Fill in SHLIB_TYPE in the pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk. Use this value in bsd.pkg.mk to work out the type of shared objects when doing automatic shared object handling (ELF, a.out or none).
1998-07-14 17:53:54 +02:00
;; \
"a.out") \
Avoid unnecessary shell variable usage.
1999-07-23 23:35:20 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "===> [Automatic a.out shared object handling]";\
Add missing "|| ${TRUE}" to "${EGREP}" statement to avoid install failures if no shared objects are found on a.out systems.
1999-04-14 21:44:24 +02:00
cnt=`${EGREP} -c -x '@exec[ ]*${LDCONFIG}' ${PLIST} || ${TRUE}`; \
Work out the type of shared libraries once, at "make install" time, and do this dynamically. This means that we no longer have to have a separate pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk, which was a maintenance nightmare, and usually out of date, and quite costly too (with a calculation of whether NetBSD-current was being run every time the file was read). Also, on a.out, add ldconfig lines to the generated PLIST only if they're not already there, rather than if they were previously there, and ignore the return value from ldconfig, which cannot be trusted. The ldconfig calls have largely been made obsolete by the use of -rpath, but keep it for just now for backwards compatibility.
1999-04-13 16:18:11 +02:00
if [ $$cnt -eq 0 ]; then \
Change two ocurrences of "grep foo | awk" pipelines into simple awk invocations. Minor re-format to the shared object handling (no functional changes).
1998-07-24 16:13:46 +02:00
${ECHO} "@exec ${LDCONFIG}" >> ${PLIST}; \
${ECHO} "@unexec ${LDCONFIG}" >> ${PLIST}; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
fi; \
Add logic to handle shared objects correctly for ELF and a.out platforms.
1998-07-14 13:36:11 +02:00
if [ X"${PKG_VERBOSE}" != X"" ]; then \
Fill in SHLIB_TYPE in the pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk. Use this value in bsd.pkg.mk to work out the type of shared objects when doing automatic shared object handling (ELF, a.out or none).
1998-07-14 17:53:54 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "$$sos"; \
Change two ocurrences of "grep foo | awk" pipelines into simple awk invocations. Minor re-format to the shared object handling (no functional changes).
1998-07-24 16:13:46 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "Running ${LDCONFIG}"; \
Add logic to handle shared objects correctly for ELF and a.out platforms.
1998-07-14 13:36:11 +02:00
fi; \
Work out the type of shared libraries once, at "make install" time, and do this dynamically. This means that we no longer have to have a separate pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk, which was a maintenance nightmare, and usually out of date, and quite costly too (with a calculation of whether NetBSD-current was being run every time the file was read). Also, on a.out, add ldconfig lines to the generated PLIST only if they're not already there, rather than if they were previously there, and ignore the return value from ldconfig, which cannot be trusted. The ldconfig calls have largely been made obsolete by the use of -rpath, but keep it for just now for backwards compatibility.
1999-04-13 16:18:11 +02:00
${LDCONFIG} || ${TRUE}; \
Fill in SHLIB_TYPE in the pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk. Use this value in bsd.pkg.mk to work out the type of shared objects when doing automatic shared object handling (ELF, a.out or none).
1998-07-14 17:53:54 +02:00
;; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
"*") \
${ECHO_MSG} "No shared libraries for ${MACHINE_ARCH}"; \
On NetBSD ports which don't support shared objects, comment out any shared object names in the PLIST.
1998-07-14 18:48:48 +02:00
for so in $$sos; do \
Improve ELF shared lib handling, so that it now works on Solaris. In the process, it was found that the Solaris ln(1) doesn't work quite the way its manual page claims it does. In particular, "ln -fs a b" will fail if b already exists, rather than deleting the link. Work around this by using an explicit rm(1) prior to calling "ln -s".
1999-03-09 16:31:59 +01:00
if [ X"${PKG_VERBOSE}" != X"" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "Ignoring $$so"; \
fi; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${SED} -e "s;^$$so$$;@comment No shared objects - &;" ${PLIST} > ${PLIST}.tmp && \
On NetBSD ports which don't support shared objects, comment out any shared object names in the PLIST.
1998-07-14 18:48:48 +02:00
${MV} ${PLIST}.tmp ${PLIST}; \
done; \
Fill in SHLIB_TYPE in the pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk. Use this value in bsd.pkg.mk to work out the type of shared objects when doing automatic shared object handling (ELF, a.out or none).
1998-07-14 17:53:54 +02:00
;; \
esac; \
Add logic to handle shared objects correctly for ELF and a.out platforms.
1998-07-14 13:36:11 +02:00
fi)
Use devel/libtool for OS's other than NetBSD, and disable automatic shared library handling. This partially takes care of the libfoo.so.1.2.3 names that Linux uses. More to come.
1999-09-02 23:40:14 +02:00
.endif
Use the correct INSTALL_FILE, DEINSTALL_FILE, MESSAGE_FILE and REQ_FILE at installation time.
1998-09-21 14:22:47 +02:00
.ifdef MESSAGE_FILE
cat ${PKGDIR}/MESSAGE in bsd.pkg.mk if it exists, don't do it in every package Makefile.
1998-07-14 12:56:15 +02:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "===> Please note the following:"
Print an empty line before and after message file as "pkg_add" does.
1998-08-22 22:12:04 +02:00
@${ECHO_MSG} ""
Use the correct INSTALL_FILE, DEINSTALL_FILE, MESSAGE_FILE and REQ_FILE at installation time.
1998-09-21 14:22:47 +02:00
@${CAT} ${MESSAGE_FILE}
Print an empty line before and after message file as "pkg_add" does.
1998-08-22 22:12:04 +02:00
@${ECHO_MSG} ""
cat ${PKGDIR}/MESSAGE in bsd.pkg.mk if it exists, don't do it in every package Makefile.
1998-07-14 12:56:15 +02:00
.endif
Re-introduce NO_PKG_REGISTER. We now have a use for it.
1998-08-28 13:13:23 +02:00
.if !defined(NO_PKG_REGISTER)
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} fake-pkg
Re-introduce NO_PKG_REGISTER. We now have a use for it.
1998-08-28 13:13:23 +02:00
.endif # !NO_PKG_REGISTER
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${WRKDIR}/.install_done
Two nits with the show-shlib-type target: 1.) protect definition of show-shlib-type with `if !target(show-shlib-type)' so that it can be overriden in a pkg makefile 2.) move the definition in lang/jdk/Makefile before the include of bsd.pkg.mk to trigger this. Without these changes, show-shlib-type was `ELF\na.out' on i386/ELF, so it was still treated as ELF. lang/jdk now works on i386/ELF (yay!). While there, fix JAVA_HOME default to be JDK_HOME if PKG_JVM is jdk and JDK_HOME is defined.
2000-01-15 03:08:03 +01:00
.if !target(show-shlib-type)
Work out the type of shared libraries once, at "make install" time, and do this dynamically. This means that we no longer have to have a separate pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk, which was a maintenance nightmare, and usually out of date, and quite costly too (with a calculation of whether NetBSD-current was being run every time the file was read). Also, on a.out, add ldconfig lines to the generated PLIST only if they're not already there, rather than if they were previously there, and ignore the return value from ldconfig, which cannot be trusted. The ldconfig calls have largely been made obsolete by the use of -rpath, but keep it for just now for backwards compatibility.
1999-04-13 16:18:11 +02:00
# Show the shared lib type being built: one of ELF, a.out or none
show-shlib-type:
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
cd ${WRKDIR} && \
sotype=none; \
MKPICINSTALL and NOPICINSTALL have zero relevance to whether a system has shared objects in /usr/lib (they affect installation of the _pic.a files, not the .so files).
1999-05-02 05:24:59 +02:00
if [ "X${MKPIC}" != "Xno" -a "X${NOPIC}" = "X" ]; then \
Work out the type of shared libraries once, at "make install" time, and do this dynamically. This means that we no longer have to have a separate pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk, which was a maintenance nightmare, and usually out of date, and quite costly too (with a calculation of whether NetBSD-current was being run every time the file was read). Also, on a.out, add ldconfig lines to the generated PLIST only if they're not already there, rather than if they were previously there, and ignore the return value from ldconfig, which cannot be trusted. The ldconfig calls have largely been made obsolete by the use of -rpath, but keep it for just now for backwards compatibility.
1999-04-13 16:18:11 +02:00
${ECHO} "int main() { exit(0); }" > a.$$$$.c; \
${CC} ${CFLAGS} a.$$$$.c -o a.$$$$.out; \
case `${FILE} a.$$$$.out` in \
*ELF*dynamically*) \
sotype=ELF ;; \
*dynamically*) \
sotype="a.out" ;; \
esac; \
fi; \
${ECHO} "$$sotype"; \
${RM} -f a.$$$$.c a.$$$$.out
Two nits with the show-shlib-type target: 1.) protect definition of show-shlib-type with `if !target(show-shlib-type)' so that it can be overriden in a pkg makefile 2.) move the definition in lang/jdk/Makefile before the include of bsd.pkg.mk to trigger this. Without these changes, show-shlib-type was `ELF\na.out' on i386/ELF, so it was still treated as ELF. lang/jdk now works on i386/ELF (yay!). While there, fix JAVA_HOME default to be JDK_HOME if PKG_JVM is jdk and JDK_HOME is defined.
2000-01-15 03:08:03 +01:00
.endif
Work out the type of shared libraries once, at "make install" time, and do this dynamically. This means that we no longer have to have a separate pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk, which was a maintenance nightmare, and usually out of date, and quite costly too (with a calculation of whether NetBSD-current was being run every time the file was read). Also, on a.out, add ldconfig lines to the generated PLIST only if they're not already there, rather than if they were previously there, and ignore the return value from ldconfig, which cannot be trusted. The ldconfig calls have largely been made obsolete by the use of -rpath, but keep it for just now for backwards compatibility.
1999-04-13 16:18:11 +02:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
################################################################
# Skeleton targets start here
#
# You shouldn't have to change these. Either add the pre-* or
# post-* targets/scripts or redefine the do-* targets. These
# targets don't do anything other than checking for cookies and
# call the necessary targets/scripts.
################################################################
.if !target(fetch)
fetch:
@cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} real-fetch
.endif
.if !target(extract)
extract: checksum ${EXTRACT_COOKIE}
.endif
.if !target(patch)
patch: extract ${PATCH_COOKIE}
.endif
.if !target(configure)
configure: patch ${CONFIGURE_COOKIE}
.endif
.if !target(build)
build: configure ${BUILD_COOKIE}
.endif
.if !target(install)
Improvements suggested by Charles Hannum: + use ident rather than strings + only check for up-to-date pkg_* tools when they're about to be used Also + don't include the RCS Id string from crt0 when calculating version date
1998-10-19 14:50:51 +02:00
install: uptodate-pkgtools build ${INSTALL_COOKIE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
.if !target(package)
Improvements suggested by Charles Hannum: + use ident rather than strings + only check for up-to-date pkg_* tools when they're about to be used Also + don't include the RCS Id string from crt0 when calculating version date
1998-10-19 14:50:51 +02:00
package: uptodate-pkgtools install ${PACKAGE_COOKIE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
${EXTRACT_COOKIE}:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} real-extract
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${PATCH_COOKIE}:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} real-patch
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${CONFIGURE_COOKIE}:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} real-configure
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${BUILD_COOKIE}:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} real-build
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${INSTALL_COOKIE}:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} real-install
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${PACKAGE_COOKIE}:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} real-package
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# And call the macros
real-fetch: _PORT_USE
real-extract: _PORT_USE
@${ECHO_MSG} "===> Extracting for ${PKGNAME}"
real-patch: _PORT_USE
@${ECHO_MSG} "===> Patching for ${PKGNAME}"
real-configure: _PORT_USE
@${ECHO_MSG} "===> Configuring for ${PKGNAME}"
real-build: _PORT_USE
@${ECHO_MSG} "===> Building for ${PKGNAME}"
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
real-install: pkg-su-install
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
real-package: _PORT_USE
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
# sudo or priv are acceptable substitutes
SU_CMD?= ${SU} - root -c
Provide an acceptable default for PRE_ROOT_CMD - pointed out by Tim Rightnour, and suggested by Hubert Feyrer. Also print the "Installing" message in the correct place.
1999-04-01 09:29:14 +02:00
PRE_ROOT_CMD?= ${TRUE}
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
pkg-su-install:
Provide an acceptable default for PRE_ROOT_CMD - pointed out by Tim Rightnour, and suggested by Hubert Feyrer. Also print the "Installing" message in the correct place.
1999-04-01 09:29:14 +02:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "===> Installing for ${PKGNAME}"
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ `${ID} -u` = 0 ]; then \
Fix minor typo in previous.
1999-03-31 11:57:29 +02:00
${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} root-install; \
Make this work on Solaris again. Minor formatting changes around the pkg-su-install target. Pass on any PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL as well as FORCE_PKG_REGISTER definitions.
1999-04-06 16:11:10 +02:00
elif [ "X${BATCH}" != X"" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "Warning: Batch mode, not superuser, can't run mtree."; \
${ECHO_MSG} "Become root and try again to ensure correct permissions."; \
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
else \
Make this work on Solaris again. Minor formatting changes around the pkg-su-install target. Pass on any PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL as well as FORCE_PKG_REGISTER definitions.
1999-04-06 16:11:10 +02:00
make=`${TYPE} ${MAKE} | ${AWK} '{ print $$NF }'`; \
args=""; \
if [ "X${FORCE_PKG_REGISTER}" != X"" ]; then \
args="FORCE_PKG_REGISTER=1"; \
fi; \
if [ "X${PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL}" != X"" ]; then \
args="$$args PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL=${PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL}"; \
fi; \
if [ "X${PRE_ROOT_CMD}" != "X${TRUE}" ]; then \
${ECHO} "*** WARNING *** Running: ${PRE_ROOT_CMD}"; \
${PRE_ROOT_CMD}; \
fi; \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Becoming root@`/bin/hostname` to install ${PKGNAME}."; \
${ECHO_MSG} -n "`${ECHO} ${SU_CMD} | ${AWK} '{ print $$1 }'` ";\
${SU_CMD} "cd ${.CURDIR}; $$make $$args ${.MAKEFLAGS} root-install"; \
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
fi
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Empty pre-* and post-* targets, note we can't use .if !target()
# in the _PORT_USE macro
.for name in fetch extract patch configure build install package
.if !target(pre-${name})
pre-${name}:
@${DO_NADA}
.endif
.if !target(post-${name})
post-${name}:
@${DO_NADA}
.endif
.endfor
# Checkpatch
#
# Special target to verify patches
.if !target(checkpatch)
checkpatch:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} PATCH_CHECK_ONLY=yes ${.MAKEFLAGS} patch
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Reinstall
#
# Special target to re-run install
.if !target(reinstall)
reinstall:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -f ${INSTALL_COOKIE} ${PACKAGE_COOKIE} ${PLIST}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}DEPENDS_TARGET=${DEPENDS_TARGET} ${MAKE} install
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Add a deinstall target, so that packages can be removed easily. This implementation was taken from FreeBSD.
1998-02-17 16:07:02 +01:00
# Deinstall
#
# Special target to remove installation
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
Add a deinstall target, so that packages can be removed easily. This implementation was taken from FreeBSD.
1998-02-17 16:07:02 +01:00
.if !target(deinstall)
Use "su" automatically for "make deinstall" target, too.
1999-04-03 23:03:50 +02:00
deinstall: pkg-su-deinstall
pkg-su-deinstall: uptodate-pkgtools
Add a deinstall target, so that packages can be removed easily. This implementation was taken from FreeBSD.
1998-02-17 16:07:02 +01:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "===> Deinstalling for ${PKGNAME}"
Use "su" automatically for "make deinstall" target, too.
1999-04-03 23:03:50 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ `${ID} -u` = 0 ]; then \
${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} root-deinstall; \
else \
Fix just-in-time su deinstalls on Solaris by using the full pathname for ${MAKE}.
1999-04-19 16:29:49 +02:00
make=`${TYPE} ${MAKE} | ${AWK} '{ print $$NF }'`; \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Becoming root@`/bin/hostname` to deinstall ${PKGNAME}."; \
Fix DEINSTALLDEPENDS for su commands that do not preserve environments.
1999-08-27 13:23:48 +02:00
${SU_CMD} "cd ${.CURDIR}; $$make ${.MAKEFLAGS} PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL=${PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL} root-deinstall DEINSTALLDEPENDS=${DEINSTALLDEPENDS}"; \
Use "su" automatically for "make deinstall" target, too.
1999-04-03 23:03:50 +02:00
fi
Let "make deinstall" remove any version installed, not only the one currently in pkgsrc. Enabled unconditionally by request of several people.
1999-08-21 03:17:59 +02:00
Allow (recursive) cleaning out and deinstallation of required packages: make clean CLEANDEPENDS=YES make deinstall DEINSTALLDEPENDS=YES Both CLEANDEPENDS and DEINSTALLDEPENDS default to NO, so this isn't different from the current behaviour.
1999-03-03 23:53:49 +01:00
.if (${DEINSTALLDEPENDS} != "NO")
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
.if (${DEINSTALLDEPENDS} != "ALL")
Add '-r' to root-install-flags if DEINSTALLDEPENDS is set to != "ALL". (This doesn't affect the "make update" target, it just makes "make deinstall DEINSTALLDEPENDS=YES" behave sane).
1999-09-09 00:01:19 +02:00
# used for removing stuff in bulk builds
root-install-flags+= -r -R
# used for "update" target
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
.else
root-install-flags+= -r
.endif
Let "make deinstall" remove any version installed, not only the one currently in pkgsrc. Enabled unconditionally by request of several people.
1999-08-21 03:17:59 +02:00
.endif
.ifdef PKG_VERBOSE
root-install-flags+= -v
.endif
root-deinstall:
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
found=`${PKG_INFO} -e "${PKGNAME:C/-[^-]*$/-[0-9]*/}" || ${TRUE}` ; \
if [ "$$found" != "" ]; then \
s/ECHO_CMD/ECHO/
1999-08-21 21:27:27 +02:00
${ECHO} Running ${PKG_DELETE} ${root-install-flags} $$found ; \
Let "make deinstall" remove any version installed, not only the one currently in pkgsrc. Enabled unconditionally by request of several people.
1999-08-21 03:17:59 +02:00
${PKG_DELETE} ${root-install-flags} $$found || ${TRUE} ; \
fi
Special case DEINSTALLDEPENDS=ALL in deinstall target, so that update target won't delete BUILD_DEPENDS packages. No one should be setting DEINSTALLDEPENDS to ALL in /etc/mk.conf--it's done unconditionally by the update target. Setting DEINSTALLDEPENDS to anything but NO or ALL will still cause the BUILD_DEPENDS to be pkg_deleted.
2000-02-28 23:13:31 +01:00
.if (${DEINSTALLDEPENDS} != "NO") && (${DEINSTALLDEPENDS} != "ALL")
Also remove pkgs installed via BUILD_DEPENDS, they are not noted in the installed pkg and this won't be caught by "pkg_delete -r". There are still situations where pkgs can be left behind if they were pulled in as BUILD_DEPENDS of any depends installed via the "depends" target. Maybe Makefile-level recursion should be used instead of "pkg_delete -r" to implement this...
2000-02-26 22:58:55 +01:00
@${SHCOMMENT} Also remove BUILD_DEPENDS:
.for pkg in ${BUILD_DEPENDS:C/:.*$//}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
found=`${PKG_INFO} -e "${pkg}" || ${TRUE}` ; \
if [ "$$found" != "" ]; then \
${ECHO} Running ${PKG_DELETE} $$found ; \
${PKG_DELETE} $$found || ${TRUE} ; \
fi
.endfor
.endif # DEINSTALLDEPENDS
Replace deinstall-depends target with call to "pkg_delete -R" (now that we have it for sure).
1999-04-20 22:28:11 +02:00
@${RM} -f ${INSTALL_COOKIE} ${PACKAGE_COOKIE}
.endif # target(deinstall)
Allow (recursive) cleaning out and deinstallation of required packages: make clean CLEANDEPENDS=YES make deinstall DEINSTALLDEPENDS=YES Both CLEANDEPENDS and DEINSTALLDEPENDS default to NO, so this isn't different from the current behaviour.
1999-03-03 23:53:49 +01:00
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
################################################################
# Some more targets supplied for users' convenience
################################################################
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
# The 'update' target can be used to update a package and all
# currently installed packages that depend upon this package.
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
.if exists(${DDIR})
RESUMEUPDATE?= YES
update:
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${ECHO_MSG} \
"===> Resuming update for ${PKGNAME}"
.else
RESUMEUPDATE?= NO
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
update:
Change the 'update' target to skip non-existent (removed) directories. This fixes PR pkg/9181 by Richard Rauch.
2000-02-01 17:30:07 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} ${DDIR}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} deinstall DEINSTALLDEPENDS=ALL
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
.endif
.if ${REINSTALL} == "NO"
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Use ${DEPENDS_TARGET} instead of ${INSTALL_TARGET} in 'make update' as ${INSTALL_TARGET} is for target makefiles only.
1999-08-31 10:32:16 +02:00
${MAKE} ${DEPENDS_TARGET} KEEP_WRKDIR=YES
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
.else
Change the 'update' target to skip non-existent (removed) directories. This fixes PR pkg/9181 by Richard Rauch.
2000-02-01 17:30:07 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} reinstall
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
.endif
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Change the 'update' target to skip non-existent (removed) directories. This fixes PR pkg/9181 by Richard Rauch.
2000-02-01 17:30:07 +01:00
[ -s ${DDIR} ] && for dep in `${CAT} ${DDIR}` ; do \
(if cd "../../$${dep}" ; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Installing in $${dep}" && \
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
if [ "${RESUMEUPDATE}" = "NO" ] ; then \
Change the 'update' target to skip non-existent (removed) directories. This fixes PR pkg/9181 by Richard Rauch.
2000-02-01 17:30:07 +01:00
${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} deinstall; \
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
fi && \
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
if [ "${REINSTALL}" = "NO" ] ; then \
Change the 'update' target to skip non-existent (removed) directories. This fixes PR pkg/9181 by Richard Rauch.
2000-02-01 17:30:07 +01:00
${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} ${DEPENDS_TARGET};\
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
else \
Change the 'update' target to skip non-existent (removed) directories. This fixes PR pkg/9181 by Richard Rauch.
2000-02-01 17:30:07 +01:00
${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} reinstall; \
fi ; \
else \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Skipping removed directory $${dep}";\
fi) ; \
done
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
.if ${NOCLEAN} == "NO"
Change the 'update' target to skip non-existent (removed) directories. This fixes PR pkg/9181 by Richard Rauch.
2000-02-01 17:30:07 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} clean-update CLEAR_DIRLIST=YES
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
.endif
clean-update:
Change the 'update' target to skip non-existent (removed) directories. This fixes PR pkg/9181 by Richard Rauch.
2000-02-01 17:30:07 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} ${DDIR}
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ -s ${DDIR} ] ; then \
for dep in `${CAT} ${DDIR}` ; do \
Change the 'update' target to skip non-existent (removed) directories. This fixes PR pkg/9181 by Richard Rauch.
2000-02-01 17:30:07 +01:00
(if cd "../../$${dep}" ; then \
${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} clean ; \
else \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Skipping removed directory $${dep}";\
fi) ; \
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
done ; \
fi
.ifdef CLEAR_DIRLIST
Change the 'update' target to skip non-existent (removed) directories. This fixes PR pkg/9181 by Richard Rauch.
2000-02-01 17:30:07 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} clean
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
.else
Change the 'update' target to skip non-existent (removed) directories. This fixes PR pkg/9181 by Richard Rauch.
2000-02-01 17:30:07 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} clean update-dirlist \
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
DIRLIST="`${CAT} ${DDIR}`" PKGLIST="`${CAT} ${DLIST}`"
.endif
update-dirlist:
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MKDIR} -p ${WRKDIR}
.ifdef PKGLIST
.for __tmp__ in ${PKGLIST}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${ECHO} >>${DLIST} "${__tmp__}"
.endfor
.endif
.ifdef DIRLIST
.for __tmp__ in ${DIRLIST}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${ECHO} >>${DDIR} "${__tmp__}"
.endfor
.endif
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
${DDIR}: ${DLIST}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
ddir=`${SED} 's:-[^-]*$$::' <${DLIST}` ; \
if ${PKG_INFO} -b $${ddir} >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then \
In ${DDIR} creation, change ${GREP} to ${EGREP} and modify pattern to only match package Makefiles. This fixes pkg/8396.
1999-09-15 07:39:38 +02:00
${PKG_INFO} -b $${ddir} | \
${EGREP} '^[^/]+/[^/]+/Makefile:' | \
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
${CUT} -d'/' -f1-2 >${DDIR} ; \
else \
${ECHO} >${DDIR} ; \
fi
${DLIST}:
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MKDIR} -p ${WRKDIR}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
(${PKG_INFO} -R "${PKGNAME:C/-[^-]*$/-[0-9]*/}" || ${TRUE}) | \
${TAIL} -n +4 >${DLIST}
Move mirror-distfiles target around a bit so it can even be invoked on platforms that are prohibited by ONLY_FOR_ARCH/OPSYS etc. so we can provide distfile-backups even for them.
1999-04-09 04:06:53 +02:00
# This is for the use of sites which store distfiles which others may
# fetch - only fetch the distfile if it is allowed to be
# re-distributed freely
mirror-distfiles:
.if (${MIRROR_DISTFILE} == "yes")
Set NO_CHECK_DEPENDS to skip "check-depends" when fetching via "mirror-distfiles".
1999-05-25 03:08:22 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} fetch NO_IGNORE=yes NO_CHECK_DEPENDS=yes
Move mirror-distfiles target around a bit so it can even be invoked on platforms that are prohibited by ONLY_FOR_ARCH/OPSYS etc. so we can provide distfile-backups even for them.
1999-04-09 04:06:53 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Cleaning up
.if !target(pre-clean)
pre-clean:
@${DO_NADA}
.endif
.if !target(clean)
clean: pre-clean
Allow (recursive) cleaning out and deinstallation of required packages: make clean CLEANDEPENDS=YES make deinstall DEINSTALLDEPENDS=YES Both CLEANDEPENDS and DEINSTALLDEPENDS default to NO, so this isn't different from the current behaviour.
1999-03-03 23:53:49 +01:00
.if (${CLEANDEPENDS} != "NO")
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} clean-depends
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
@${ECHO_MSG} "===> Cleaning for ${PKGNAME}"
.if !defined(NO_WRKDIR)
If WRKOBJDIR is set, try to create a symbolic link to the working directory, but fail silently if we can't (for read-only pkgsrc use). Also clean up properly if WRKOBJDIR is set.
1998-09-16 10:46:58 +02:00
.ifdef WRKOBJDIR
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -rf ${WRKOBJDIR}/${PKGSRC_SUBDIR}
Ignore the return code from rm when trying to delete a symbolic link which may be read-only. Pointed out by Julian Coleman, fixed in a slightly different way.
1999-08-16 17:37:40 +02:00
-${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -f ${WRKDIR_BASENAME}
- Move around .include <bsd.own.mk> so PORTSDIR gets set propperly - make 'make clean' DTRT when WRKOBJDIR is set
1997-09-28 13:22:40 +02:00
.else
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ -d ${WRKDIR} ]; then \
if [ -w ${WRKDIR} ]; then \
${RM} -rf ${WRKDIR}; \
else \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "===> ${WRKDIR} not writable, skipping"; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
fi; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
fi
- Move around .include <bsd.own.mk> so PORTSDIR gets set propperly - make 'make clean' DTRT when WRKOBJDIR is set
1997-09-28 13:22:40 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.else
delete more created files when NO_WRKDIR is set
2000-03-02 19:35:59 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -f ${WRKDIR}/.*_done SizeAll \
SizePkg .build_info .build_version .DESCR .PLIST
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
.endif
.if !target(pre-distclean)
pre-distclean:
@${DO_NADA}
.endif
Add "cleandir" target to comform with the rest of our source tree.
1998-10-04 22:56:58 +02:00
.if !target(cleandir)
cleandir: clean
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(distclean)
distclean: pre-distclean clean
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${ECHO_MSG} "===> Dist cleaning for ${PKGNAME}"
${_PKG_SILENT}(${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ -d ${_DISTDIR} ]; then \
cd ${_DISTDIR} && \
${TEST} -z "${DISTFILES}" || ${RM} -f ${DISTFILES}; \
${TEST} -z "${PATCHFILES}" || ${RM} -f ${PATCHFILES}; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
fi)
.if defined(DIST_SUBDIR)
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
-${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RMDIR} ${_DISTDIR}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Upon "make distclean", also rm the README.html file.
1999-09-08 16:58:34 +02:00
-${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -f README.html
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Prints out a list of files to fetch (useful to do a batch fetch)
Use _THISDIR_, not DIRPRFX, when working out whether we've been called from bsd.pkg.subdir.mk
1998-05-14 13:53:30 +02:00
# are we called from bsd.pkg.subdir.mk (i.e. do we scan all dirs anyway)? XXX
.ifdef(_THISDIR_)
Recursively print /bin/sh code for all dependent package as well as the current package (IF called from a package dir and not via bsd.port.subdir.mk; in the latter case it's assumed that the dependent packages will be scanned later anyways). This fixes PR 4992 by Mario Kemper <magick@bundy.lip.owl.de>.
1998-02-20 22:31:20 +01:00
RECURSIVE_FETCH_LIST?= NO
.else
RECURSIVE_FETCH_LIST?= YES
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(fetch-list)
fetch-list:
Recursively print /bin/sh code for all dependent package as well as the current package (IF called from a package dir and not via bsd.port.subdir.mk; in the latter case it's assumed that the dependent packages will be scanned later anyways). This fixes PR 4992 by Mario Kemper <magick@bundy.lip.owl.de>.
1998-02-20 22:31:20 +01:00
@${MAKE} fetch-list-recursive RECURSIVE_FETCH_LIST=${RECURSIVE_FETCH_LIST} | sort -u
.endif # !target(fetch-list)
.if !target(fetch-list-recursive)
fetch-list-recursive:
@${MAKE} fetch-list-one-pkg
.if ${RECURSIVE_FETCH_LIST} != "NO"
protect some more wildcard dependencies from interacting with the shell. fixes pr 9106 by abs@netbsd.org.
2000-01-06 04:21:51 +01:00
@for dir in `${ECHO} "${BUILD_DEPENDS} ${DEPENDS} ${RUN_DEPENDS}" | ${TR} '\040' '\012' | ${SED} -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//' | sort -u` ; do \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
(cd $$dir && ${MAKE} fetch-list-recursive; ); \
Recursively print /bin/sh code for all dependent package as well as the current package (IF called from a package dir and not via bsd.port.subdir.mk; in the latter case it's assumed that the dependent packages will be scanned later anyways). This fixes PR 4992 by Mario Kemper <magick@bundy.lip.owl.de>.
1998-02-20 22:31:20 +01:00
done
.endif # ${RECURSIVE_FETCH_LIST} != "NO"
.endif # !target(fetch-list-recursive)
.if !target(fetch-list-one-pkg)
fetch-list-one-pkg:
Cleanup fetch-list change reported by Bernd Ernesti..
1998-02-28 17:02:21 +01:00
@${MKDIR} ${_DISTDIR}
@[ -z "${_DISTDIR}" ] || ${ECHO} "${MKDIR} ${_DISTDIR}"
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.if defined(DISTFILES)
@(cd ${_DISTDIR}; \
for file in "" ${DISTFILES}; do \
if [ "X$$file" = X"" ]; then continue; fi; \
if [ ! -f $$file -a ! -f `${BASENAME} $$file` ]; then \
Cleanup fetch-list change reported by Bernd Ernesti..
1998-02-28 17:02:21 +01:00
${ECHO} -n "cd ${_DISTDIR} && [ -f $$file -o -f `${BASENAME} $$file` ] || " ; \
Use ${SORTED_MASTER_SITES} instead of ${MASTER_SITES} in "fetch-list:".
1999-08-09 07:32:12 +02:00
for site in "" ${SORTED_MASTER_SITES}; do \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
if [ "X$$site" = X"" ]; then continue; fi; \
Recursively print /bin/sh code for all dependent package as well as the current package (IF called from a package dir and not via bsd.port.subdir.mk; in the latter case it's assumed that the dependent packages will be scanned later anyways). This fixes PR 4992 by Mario Kemper <magick@bundy.lip.owl.de>.
1998-02-20 22:31:20 +01:00
${ECHO} -n ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} $${site}$${file} "${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS}" '|| ' ; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
done; \
${ECHO} "${ECHO} $${file} not fetched"; \
fi \
Cleanup fetch-list change reported by Bernd Ernesti..
1998-02-28 17:02:21 +01:00
done)
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.endif # DISTFILES
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if defined(PATCHFILES)
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
@(cd ${_DISTDIR}; \
for file in "" ${PATCHFILES}; do \
if [ "X$$file" = X"" ]; then continue; fi; \
if [ ! -f $$file -a ! -f `${BASENAME} $$file` ]; then \
Cleanup fetch-list change reported by Bernd Ernesti..
1998-02-28 17:02:21 +01:00
${ECHO} -n "cd ${_DISTDIR} && [ -f $$file -o -f `${BASENAME} $$file` ] || " ; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
for site in ${PATCH_SITES}; do \
Recursively print /bin/sh code for all dependent package as well as the current package (IF called from a package dir and not via bsd.port.subdir.mk; in the latter case it's assumed that the dependent packages will be scanned later anyways). This fixes PR 4992 by Mario Kemper <magick@bundy.lip.owl.de>.
1998-02-20 22:31:20 +01:00
${ECHO} -n ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} $${site}$${file} "${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS}" '|| ' ; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
done; \
${ECHO} "${ECHO} $${file} not fetched"; \
fi \
Recursively print /bin/sh code for all dependent package as well as the current package (IF called from a package dir and not via bsd.port.subdir.mk; in the latter case it's assumed that the dependent packages will be scanned later anyways). This fixes PR 4992 by Mario Kemper <magick@bundy.lip.owl.de>.
1998-02-20 22:31:20 +01:00
done)
.endif # defined(PATCHFILES)
.endif # !target(fetch-list-one-pkg)
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Checksumming utilities
.if !target(makesum)
makesum: fetch
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MKDIR} ${FILESDIR}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ -f ${MD5_FILE} ]; then ${RM} -f ${MD5_FILE}; fi
@${ECHO} -n "$$" > ${MD5_FILE}; \
${ECHO} -n "NetBSD" >> ${MD5_FILE}; \
${ECHO} "$$" >> ${MD5_FILE}; \
Generate NetBSD RCS Id strings in the generated ${MD5_FILE}.
1998-08-07 14:30:29 +02:00
${ECHO} "" >> ${MD5_FILE}
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}(${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${DISTDIR}; \
for sumfile in "" ${_CKSUMFILES}; do \
if [ "X$$sumfile" = X"" ]; then continue; fi; \
${MD5} $$sumfile >> ${MD5_FILE}; \
done)
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
for ignore in "" ${_IGNOREFILES}; do \
if [ "X$$sumfile" = X"" ]; then continue; fi; \
${ECHO} "MD5 ($$ignore) = IGNORE" >> ${MD5_FILE}; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
done
.endif
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
.if !target(makepatchsum)
makepatchsum:
Update "makepatchsum" target to produce a placeholder patch-sum file if and only if there are no patches and patch-sum already exists. This is necessary to meet the original purpose of that target, which is to "catch" users who happen to have old patches lying around, for whatever reason. Also, don't update patch-sum if it wouldn't change.
1999-10-14 07:31:22 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
(${MKDIR} ${FILESDIR}; \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Making patch checksums"; \
if [ -f "${PATCH_SUM_FILE}" ]; then \
${AWK} -- '{print ; exit}' < ${PATCH_SUM_FILE} > ${PATCH_SUM_FILE}.new; \
else \
${ECHO} -n "$$" > ${PATCH_SUM_FILE}.new; \
${ECHO} -n "NetBSD" >> ${PATCH_SUM_FILE}.new; \
${ECHO} "$$" >> ${PATCH_SUM_FILE}.new; \
fi; \
${ECHO} "" >> ${PATCH_SUM_FILE}.new; \
Be a bit more efficient when calculating whether patch-sum files have changed, and avoid extraneous gibberish at the end of a cmp(1) command, so that patch-sum creation works on Solaris.
1999-10-19 14:04:45 +02:00
havepatches=0; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
if [ -d ${PATCHDIR} ]; then \
cd ${PATCHDIR}; \
for sumfile in "" patch-*; do \
Update "makepatchsum" target to produce a placeholder patch-sum file if and only if there are no patches and patch-sum already exists. This is necessary to meet the original purpose of that target, which is to "catch" users who happen to have old patches lying around, for whatever reason. Also, don't update patch-sum if it wouldn't change.
1999-10-14 07:31:22 +02:00
if [ "X$$sumfile" = "X" ]; then continue; fi; \
if [ "X$$sumfile" = "Xpatch-*" ]; then break; fi; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
case $$sumfile in \
Update "makepatchsum" target to produce a placeholder patch-sum file if and only if there are no patches and patch-sum already exists. This is necessary to meet the original purpose of that target, which is to "catch" users who happen to have old patches lying around, for whatever reason. Also, don't update patch-sum if it wouldn't change.
1999-10-14 07:31:22 +02:00
patch-local-*) ;; \
*.orig) continue ;; \
Be a bit more efficient when calculating whether patch-sum files have changed, and avoid extraneous gibberish at the end of a cmp(1) command, so that patch-sum creation works on Solaris.
1999-10-19 14:04:45 +02:00
*) ${ECHO} "MD5 ($$sumfile) = `${SED} -e '/\$$NetBSD.*/d' $$sumfile | ${MD5}`" >> ${PATCH_SUM_FILE}.new; \
havepatches=1 ;; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
esac; \
done; \
Update "makepatchsum" target to produce a placeholder patch-sum file if and only if there are no patches and patch-sum already exists. This is necessary to meet the original purpose of that target, which is to "catch" users who happen to have old patches lying around, for whatever reason. Also, don't update patch-sum if it wouldn't change.
1999-10-14 07:31:22 +02:00
fi; \
Be a bit more efficient when calculating whether patch-sum files have changed, and avoid extraneous gibberish at the end of a cmp(1) command, so that patch-sum creation works on Solaris.
1999-10-19 14:04:45 +02:00
if [ $$havepatches = 0 ]; then \
Update "makepatchsum" target to produce a placeholder patch-sum file if and only if there are no patches and patch-sum already exists. This is necessary to meet the original purpose of that target, which is to "catch" users who happen to have old patches lying around, for whatever reason. Also, don't update patch-sum if it wouldn't change.
1999-10-14 07:31:22 +02:00
if [ -f "${PATCH_SUM_FILE}" ]; then \
${ECHO} "This placeholder file is generated by the \`\`makepatchsum'' target" >> ${PATCH_SUM_FILE}.new; \
${ECHO} "whenever the patches directory is empty or missing. Its purpose" >> ${PATCH_SUM_FILE}.new; \
${ECHO} "is to ensure that the presence of any obsolete patches will cause" >> ${PATCH_SUM_FILE}.new; \
${ECHO} "the proper error to be emitted at build time." >> ${PATCH_SUM_FILE}.new; \
${ECHO_MSG} ">> placeholder patch-sum file created"; \
else \
${RM} -f ${PATCH_SUM_FILE}.new; \
${ECHO_MSG} ">> no patch-sum file created"; \
exit 0; \
fi; \
fi; \
Be a bit more efficient when calculating whether patch-sum files have changed, and avoid extraneous gibberish at the end of a cmp(1) command, so that patch-sum creation works on Solaris.
1999-10-19 14:04:45 +02:00
if cmp -s ${PATCH_SUM_FILE}.new ${PATCH_SUM_FILE}; then \
Update "makepatchsum" target to produce a placeholder patch-sum file if and only if there are no patches and patch-sum already exists. This is necessary to meet the original purpose of that target, which is to "catch" users who happen to have old patches lying around, for whatever reason. Also, don't update patch-sum if it wouldn't change.
1999-10-14 07:31:22 +02:00
${RM} -f ${PATCH_SUM_FILE}.new; \
Be a bit more efficient when calculating whether patch-sum files have changed, and avoid extraneous gibberish at the end of a cmp(1) command, so that patch-sum creation works on Solaris.
1999-10-19 14:04:45 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} ">> patch-sum file unchanged"; \
Update "makepatchsum" target to produce a placeholder patch-sum file if and only if there are no patches and patch-sum already exists. This is necessary to meet the original purpose of that target, which is to "catch" users who happen to have old patches lying around, for whatever reason. Also, don't update patch-sum if it wouldn't change.
1999-10-14 07:31:22 +02:00
else \
${MV} ${PATCH_SUM_FILE}.new ${PATCH_SUM_FILE}; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
fi)
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(checksum)
checksum: fetch
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ ! -f ${MD5_FILE} ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} ">> No MD5 checksum file."; \
else \
(cd ${DISTDIR}; OK="true"; \
for file in "" ${_CKSUMFILES}; do \
if [ "X$$file" = X"" ]; then continue; fi; \
CKSUM=`${MD5} < $$file`; \
Patches from Greg Woods to get rid of GNU awk dependencies, so that mawk and nawk can be used in bsd.pkg.mk (by setting AWK accordingly), in PR pkg/6582. With thanks to Hubert for reminding me about this one.
1999-01-19 23:18:19 +01:00
CKSUM2=`${AWK} '$$1 == "MD5" && $$2 == "('$$file')"{print $$4;}' ${MD5_FILE}`; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
if [ "$$CKSUM2" = "" ]; then \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} ">> No checksum recorded for $$file."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
OK="false"; \
elif [ "$$CKSUM2" = "IGNORE" ]; then \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} ">> Checksum for $$file is set to IGNORE in md5 file even though"; \
${ECHO_MSG} " the file is not in the "'$$'"{IGNOREFILES} list."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
OK="false"; \
elif [ "$$CKSUM" = "$$CKSUM2" ]; then \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} ">> Checksum OK for $$file."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
else \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} ">> Checksum mismatch for $$file."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
OK="false"; \
fi; \
done; \
for file in "" ${_IGNOREFILES}; do \
if [ "X$$file" = X"" ]; then continue; fi; \
Patches from Greg Woods to get rid of GNU awk dependencies, so that mawk and nawk can be used in bsd.pkg.mk (by setting AWK accordingly), in PR pkg/6582. With thanks to Hubert for reminding me about this one.
1999-01-19 23:18:19 +01:00
CKSUM2=`${AWK} '$$1 == "MD5" && $$2 == "('$$file')"{print $$4;}' ${MD5_FILE}`; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
if [ "$$CKSUM2" = "" ]; then \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} ">> No checksum recorded for $$file, file is in "'$$'"{IGNOREFILES} list."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
OK="false"; \
elif [ "$$CKSUM2" != "IGNORE" ]; then \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} ">> Checksum for $$file is not set to IGNORE in md5 file even though"; \
${ECHO_MSG} " the file is in the "'$$'"{IGNOREFILES} list."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
OK="false"; \
fi; \
done; \
if [ "$$OK" != "true" ]; then \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "Make sure the Makefile and md5 file (${MD5_FILE})"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "are up to date. If you want to override this check, type"; \
make -> ${MAKE}, as per FreeBSD's PR 6341.
1998-04-19 14:48:07 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "\"${MAKE} NO_CHECKSUM=yes [other args]\"."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
exit 1; \
fi) ; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
fi
.endif
################################################################
# The special package-building targets
# You probably won't need to touch these
################################################################
Enhance look & feel of the generated README.html's.
1998-02-20 23:06:18 +01:00
HTMLIFY= ${SED} -e 's/&/\&amp;/g' -e 's/>/\&gt;/g' -e 's/</\&lt;/g'
Cosmetic mods: PACKAGE_NAME_AS_LINK, which can have a YES or NO value, changed to PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE, which can have an html or name value. s/echo/${ECHO}/
1998-08-27 16:56:02 +02:00
# Set to "html" by the README.html target (and passed via depends-list
Enhance look & feel of the generated README.html's.
1998-02-20 23:06:18 +01:00
# and package-depends)
Cosmetic mods: PACKAGE_NAME_AS_LINK, which can have a YES or NO value, changed to PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE, which can have an html or name value. s/echo/${ECHO}/
1998-08-27 16:56:02 +02:00
PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE?= name
Enhance look & feel of the generated README.html's.
1998-02-20 23:06:18 +01:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Nobody should want to override this unless PKGNAME is simply bogus.
.if !target(package-name)
package-name:
Cosmetic mods: PACKAGE_NAME_AS_LINK, which can have a YES or NO value, changed to PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE, which can have an html or name value. s/echo/${ECHO}/
1998-08-27 16:56:02 +02:00
.if (${PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE} == "html")
@${ECHO} '<A HREF="../../'`${MAKE} package-path | ${HTMLIFY}`'/README.html">'`${ECHO} ${PKGNAME} | ${HTMLIFY}`'</A>'
Enhance look & feel of the generated README.html's.
1998-02-20 23:06:18 +01:00
.else
@${ECHO} '${PKGNAME}'
Cosmetic mods: PACKAGE_NAME_AS_LINK, which can have a YES or NO value, changed to PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE, which can have an html or name value. s/echo/${ECHO}/
1998-08-27 16:56:02 +02:00
.endif # PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE
Enhance look & feel of the generated README.html's.
1998-02-20 23:06:18 +01:00
.endif # !target(package-name)
.if !target(package-path)
package-path:
A foolish consistency: use && rather than ; in a bunch of places. Also, use ${SETENV} explicitly for configure.
1998-11-07 15:41:50 +01:00
@pwd | sed s@`cd ${PKGSRCDIR} && pwd`/@@g
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Show (recursively) all the packages this package depends on.
Teach our tools about dependencies containing wildcards.
1998-10-03 18:24:35 +02:00
# if PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS is set, print as pattern (if possible)
Bump PKGTOOLS_REQD to 20000202. As a consequence of this - unconditionally enable the size code - use wildcards consistently (PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS=true)
2000-02-02 17:28:55 +01:00
PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS?=true
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(package-depends)
package-depends:
fix up for dewey depends
1998-10-05 02:34:44 +02:00
.for dep in ${DEPENDS}
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
@pkg="`${ECHO} \"${dep}\" | ${SED} -e 's/:.*//'`"; \
dir="`${ECHO} \"${dep}\" | ${SED} -e 's/[^:]*://'`"; \
if [ -d $$dir ]; then \
if ${PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS}; then \
${ECHO} "$$pkg"; \
else \
A foolish consistency: use && rather than ; in a bunch of places. Also, use ${SETENV} explicitly for configure.
1998-11-07 15:41:50 +01:00
(cd $$dir && ${MAKE} package-name PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE=${PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE}); \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
fi; \
A foolish consistency: use && rather than ; in a bunch of places. Also, use ${SETENV} explicitly for configure.
1998-11-07 15:41:50 +01:00
(cd $$dir && ${MAKE} package-depends PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE=${PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE}); \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
else \
fix up for dewey depends
1998-10-05 02:34:44 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "Warning: \"$$dir\" non-existent -- @pkgdep registration incomplete" >&2; \
fi
.endfor
.for dep in ${RUN_DEPENDS}
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
@pkg="`${ECHO} \"${dep}\" | ${SED} -e 's/:.*//'`"; \
dir="`${ECHO} \"${dep}\" | ${SED} -e 's/[^:]*://'`"; \
if [ -d $$dir ]; then \
DTRT in package-depends if RUN_DEPENDS and PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS are set.
1999-11-30 05:17:58 +01:00
if ${PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS}; then \
${ECHO} "$$pkg"; \
else \
(cd $$dir && ${MAKE} package-name PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE=${PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE}); \
fi; \
A foolish consistency: use && rather than ; in a bunch of places. Also, use ${SETENV} explicitly for configure.
1998-11-07 15:41:50 +01:00
(cd $$dir && ${MAKE} package-depends PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE=${PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE}); \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
else \
fix up for dewey depends
1998-10-05 02:34:44 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "Warning: \"$$dir\" non-existent -- @pkgdep registration incomplete" >&2; \
fi
.endfor
Teach our tools about dependencies containing wildcards.
1998-10-03 18:24:35 +02:00
.endif # target(package-depends)
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Build a package but don't check the package cookie
.if !target(repackage)
repackage: pre-repackage package
pre-repackage:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -f ${PACKAGE_COOKIE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Build a package but don't check the cookie for installation, also don't
# install package cookie
.if !target(package-noinstall)
package-noinstall:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} PACKAGE_NOINSTALL=yes real-package
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
################################################################
# Dependency checking
################################################################
.if !target(depends)
- Nuke LIB_DEPENDS pkg cruft. Add an error message if LIB_DEPENDS is set. - Build in some pkglint: error out if DISTNAME or MAINTAINER are not set in the pkg Makefile.
1998-08-05 21:25:08 +02:00
depends: misc-depends
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} build-depends
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} run-depends
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if make(build-depends)
DEPENDS_TMP+= ${BUILD_DEPENDS}
.endif
.if make(run-depends)
DEPENDS_TMP+= ${RUN_DEPENDS}
.endif
- The comment above the _COOKIE settings says "don't change these!!", so use = to set them, not ?=. - _DEPENDS_USE doesn't actually do any macro expansion, so save some processing time by executing it exactly once (remove the .USE operator). - Merge the IGNORE targets. Add an IGNORE target for depends and check-depends (see bottom). - Don't check for installation of a package in ${DEPENDS} when doing a "make depends". Instead, let the return code of make fall through (using && instead of ; in the last clause of each depend recursion block). - Provide a variable IGNORE_FAIL: when set, causes the ignore message to be printed (regardless of IGNORE_SILENT or ECHO_MSG setting) and the build to fail with ${FALSE}. Used with the next addition: - Add a new target, "check-depends", which is called as part of "real-fetch". This validates whether the dependencies of a pkg to be built are installed, and if not, whether those dependencies will prospectively build (will not set IGNORE directly or indirectly through the various disable options). Recurses to "depends" with a DEPENDS_TARGET of "check-depends". ...And now, it is no longer necessary to mark dependent pkgs as unusable when their dependencies are unusable thanks to an incorrect LICENSE, _FOR_PLATFORM setting, and so forth. The check-depends step will validate everything before fetching a single file.
1999-05-25 01:04:52 +02:00
_DEPENDS_USE:
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if defined(DEPENDS_TMP)
.if !defined(NO_DEPENDS)
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.for i in ${DEPENDS_TMP}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}prog="`${ECHO} \"${i}\" | ${SED} -e 's/:.*//'`"; \
dir="`${ECHO} \"${i}\" | ${SED} -e 's/[^:]*://'`"; \
XXX XXX. Add a hack to allow "check-depends" to recurse the dependency tree and override the `on-the-fly dependency target' option.
1999-06-04 19:05:26 +02:00
if [ ${_DEPENDS_TARGET_OVERRIDE}X != X ]; then \
target=${DEPENDS_TARGET}; \
elif expr "$$dir" : '.*:' > /dev/null; then \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
target=`${ECHO} $$dir | ${SED} -e 's/.*://'`; \
dir=`${ECHO} $$dir | ${SED} -e 's/:.*//'`; \
else \
target=${DEPENDS_TARGET}; \
fi; \
found=not; \
if expr "$$prog" : '.*/' >/dev/null; then \
if ${TEST} -e "$$prog" ; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> ${PKGNAME} depends on file: $$prog - found"; \
found=""; \
else \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> ${PKGNAME} depends on file: $$prog - not found"; \
fi; \
else \
for d in `${ECHO} $$PATH | tr ':' ' '`; do \
if [ -x $$d/$$prog ]; then \
found="$$d/$$prog"; \
break; \
fi \
done; \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> ${PKGNAME} depends on executable: $$prog - $$found found"; \
fi; \
if [ X"$$found" = Xnot ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Verifying $$target for $$prog in $$dir"; \
if [ ! -d "$$dir" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} ">> No directory for $$prog. Skipping.."; \
else \
- The comment above the _COOKIE settings says "don't change these!!", so use = to set them, not ?=. - _DEPENDS_USE doesn't actually do any macro expansion, so save some processing time by executing it exactly once (remove the .USE operator). - Merge the IGNORE targets. Add an IGNORE target for depends and check-depends (see bottom). - Don't check for installation of a package in ${DEPENDS} when doing a "make depends". Instead, let the return code of make fall through (using && instead of ; in the last clause of each depend recursion block). - Provide a variable IGNORE_FAIL: when set, causes the ignore message to be printed (regardless of IGNORE_SILENT or ECHO_MSG setting) and the build to fail with ${FALSE}. Used with the next addition: - Add a new target, "check-depends", which is called as part of "real-fetch". This validates whether the dependencies of a pkg to be built are installed, and if not, whether those dependencies will prospectively build (will not set IGNORE directly or indirectly through the various disable options). Recurses to "depends" with a DEPENDS_TARGET of "check-depends". ...And now, it is no longer necessary to mark dependent pkgs as unusable when their dependencies are unusable thanks to an incorrect LICENSE, _FOR_PLATFORM setting, and so forth. The check-depends step will validate everything before fetching a single file.
1999-05-25 01:04:52 +02:00
(cd $$dir && ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} $$target) && \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Returning to build of ${PKGNAME}"; \
fi; \
fi
.endfor
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
.else
@${DO_NADA}
.endif
We don't support FETCH_DEPENDS for some time now, remove the remaining code (fetch-depends calls, fetch-depends calling _DEPENDS_USE).
2000-02-28 02:38:37 +01:00
build-depends: _DEPENDS_USE
run-depends: _DEPENDS_USE
Introduce another definition, FATAL_OBJECT_FMT_SKEW, defaulting to "yes". This halts the execution if an installed package's object format is not the same as the object format currently in use. It can be set to "no" on the rare occasion where the interface to the pre-requisite packages is one of a binary, not a library.
2000-01-14 12:58:21 +01:00
# Tells whether to halt execution if the object formats differ
FATAL_OBJECT_FMT_SKEW?= yes
Introduce another definition WARN_NO_OBJECT_FMT, defaulting to yes, which governs whether a package which was installed before OBJECT_FMT was added to the BUILD_DEFS will display an warning message. To shut up the message, set WARN_NO_OBJECT_FMT to "no".
2000-01-17 15:49:55 +01:00
WARN_NO_OBJECT_FMT?= yes
Introduce another definition, FATAL_OBJECT_FMT_SKEW, defaulting to "yes". This halts the execution if an installed package's object format is not the same as the object format currently in use. It can be set to "no" on the rare occasion where the interface to the pre-requisite packages is one of a binary, not a library.
2000-01-14 12:58:21 +01:00
Improvements suggested by Charles Hannum: + use ident rather than strings + only check for up-to-date pkg_* tools when they're about to be used Also + don't include the RCS Id string from crt0 when calculating version date
1998-10-19 14:50:51 +02:00
misc-depends: uptodate-pkgtools
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if defined(DEPENDS)
.if !defined(NO_DEPENDS)
+ Remove the generated ${PLIST} file when doing a re-install. + Enable wildcard matching in DEPENDS and CONFLICTS definitions.
1998-08-25 18:26:09 +02:00
.for dep in ${DEPENDS}
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}package="`${ECHO} \"${dep}\" | ${SED} -e s/:.\*//`"; \
+ Remove the generated ${PLIST} file when doing a re-install. + Enable wildcard matching in DEPENDS and CONFLICTS definitions.
1998-08-25 18:26:09 +02:00
dir="`${ECHO} \"${dep}\" | ${SED} -e s/.\*://`"; \
fix up for dewey depends
1998-10-05 02:34:44 +02:00
found="`${PKG_INFO} -e \"$$package\" || ${TRUE}`"; \
Add a check, inspired by Thor Lancelot Simon: When an installed package is found as part of a DEPENDS pre-requisite, check its object format. If there is none in the installed package, that package was probably built before 29th September 1999, which was when the OBJECT_FMT definition was added to the BUILD_DEFS, so print a warning and continue. If the object format of the installed package and ${OBJECT_FMT} are the same, then continue. If the object format of the installed package and ${OBJECT_FMT} differ, then print an error message explaining the error, and exit.
2000-01-14 12:39:31 +01:00
if [ "X$$found" != "X" ]; then \
instobjfmt=`${PKG_INFO} -B "$$package" | ${AWK} '/^OBJECT_FMT/ { print $$2 }'`; \
if [ "X$$instobjfmt" = "X" ]; then \
Introduce another definition WARN_NO_OBJECT_FMT, defaulting to yes, which governs whether a package which was installed before OBJECT_FMT was added to the BUILD_DEFS will display an warning message. To shut up the message, set WARN_NO_OBJECT_FMT to "no".
2000-01-17 15:49:55 +01:00
if [ "X${WARN_NO_OBJECT_FMT}" != "Xno" ]; then \
${ECHO} "WARNING: Unknown object format for installed package $$package - continuing"; \
fi; \
Add a check, inspired by Thor Lancelot Simon: When an installed package is found as part of a DEPENDS pre-requisite, check its object format. If there is none in the installed package, that package was probably built before 29th September 1999, which was when the OBJECT_FMT definition was added to the BUILD_DEFS, so print a warning and continue. If the object format of the installed package and ${OBJECT_FMT} are the same, then continue. If the object format of the installed package and ${OBJECT_FMT} differ, then print an error message explaining the error, and exit.
2000-01-14 12:39:31 +01:00
elif [ "X$$instobjfmt" != "X${OBJECT_FMT}" ]; then \
${ECHO} "Installed package $$package is an $$instobjfmt package."; \
${ECHO} "You are building an ${OBJECT_FMT} package, which will not inter-operate."; \
${ECHO} "Please update the $$package package to ${OBJECT_FMT}"; \
Introduce another definition, FATAL_OBJECT_FMT_SKEW, defaulting to "yes". This halts the execution if an installed package's object format is not the same as the object format currently in use. It can be set to "no" on the rare occasion where the interface to the pre-requisite packages is one of a binary, not a library.
2000-01-14 12:58:21 +01:00
if [ "X${FATAL_OBJECT_FMT_SKEW}" != "no" ]; then \
exit 1; \
fi; \
Add a check, inspired by Thor Lancelot Simon: When an installed package is found as part of a DEPENDS pre-requisite, check its object format. If there is none in the installed package, that package was probably built before 29th September 1999, which was when the OBJECT_FMT definition was added to the BUILD_DEFS, so print a warning and continue. If the object format of the installed package and ${OBJECT_FMT} are the same, then continue. If the object format of the installed package and ${OBJECT_FMT} differ, then print an error message explaining the error, and exit.
2000-01-14 12:39:31 +01:00
fi; \
When checking and registerring dependencies, recognize dependencies that match more than one package, and warn about it: *** WARNING: Dependency on 'gnome-*' expands to several installed packages ( gnome-libs-1.0.53 gnome-core-1.0.53 gnome-print-0.9 ). Please check if this is really intended! In such a case, the pattern ('gnome-*') should be tightened to only match what's really intended (e.g. 'gnome-[0-9]*').
2000-01-10 20:43:37 +01:00
if [ `${ECHO} $$found | wc -w` -gt 1 ]; then \
${ECHO} '***' "WARNING: Dependency on '$$package' expands to several installed packages " ; \
${ECHO} " (" `${ECHO} $$found` ")." ; \
${ECHO} " Please check if this is really intended!" ; \
else \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> ${PKGNAME} depends on installed package: $$package - `${ECHO} $$found | ${SED} -e 's|${PKG_DBDIR}/||g' | tr '\012' '\040'`found"; \
fi ; \
+ Remove the generated ${PLIST} file when doing a re-install. + Enable wildcard matching in DEPENDS and CONFLICTS definitions.
1998-08-25 18:26:09 +02:00
else \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> ${PKGNAME} depends on package: $$package"; \
target=${DEPENDS_TARGET}; \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Verifying $$target for $$dir"; \
if [ ! -d $$dir ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} ">> No directory for $$dir. Skipping.."; \
Remove the old deprecated DEPENDS definition from bsd.pkg.mk. Implement a new DEPENDS definition, which looks for an installed package, building it if not present, and use it in preference to LIB_DEPENDS. This should make the package collection more useful on NetBSD ELF ports.
1998-04-22 16:22:39 +02:00
else \
- The comment above the _COOKIE settings says "don't change these!!", so use = to set them, not ?=. - _DEPENDS_USE doesn't actually do any macro expansion, so save some processing time by executing it exactly once (remove the .USE operator). - Merge the IGNORE targets. Add an IGNORE target for depends and check-depends (see bottom). - Don't check for installation of a package in ${DEPENDS} when doing a "make depends". Instead, let the return code of make fall through (using && instead of ; in the last clause of each depend recursion block). - Provide a variable IGNORE_FAIL: when set, causes the ignore message to be printed (regardless of IGNORE_SILENT or ECHO_MSG setting) and the build to fail with ${FALSE}. Used with the next addition: - Add a new target, "check-depends", which is called as part of "real-fetch". This validates whether the dependencies of a pkg to be built are installed, and if not, whether those dependencies will prospectively build (will not set IGNORE directly or indirectly through the various disable options). Recurses to "depends" with a DEPENDS_TARGET of "check-depends". ...And now, it is no longer necessary to mark dependent pkgs as unusable when their dependencies are unusable thanks to an incorrect LICENSE, _FOR_PLATFORM setting, and so forth. The check-depends step will validate everything before fetching a single file.
1999-05-25 01:04:52 +02:00
(cd $$dir && ${MAKE} ${.MAKEFLAGS} $$target) && \
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Returning to build of ${PKGNAME}"; \
fi; \
fi
+ Remove the generated ${PLIST} file when doing a re-install. + Enable wildcard matching in DEPENDS and CONFLICTS definitions.
1998-08-25 18:26:09 +02:00
.endfor
.endif # !NO_DEPENDS
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.else
@${DO_NADA}
+ Remove the generated ${PLIST} file when doing a re-install. + Enable wildcard matching in DEPENDS and CONFLICTS definitions.
1998-08-25 18:26:09 +02:00
.endif # DEPENDS
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
- The comment above the _COOKIE settings says "don't change these!!", so use = to set them, not ?=. - _DEPENDS_USE doesn't actually do any macro expansion, so save some processing time by executing it exactly once (remove the .USE operator). - Merge the IGNORE targets. Add an IGNORE target for depends and check-depends (see bottom). - Don't check for installation of a package in ${DEPENDS} when doing a "make depends". Instead, let the return code of make fall through (using && instead of ; in the last clause of each depend recursion block). - Provide a variable IGNORE_FAIL: when set, causes the ignore message to be printed (regardless of IGNORE_SILENT or ECHO_MSG setting) and the build to fail with ${FALSE}. Used with the next addition: - Add a new target, "check-depends", which is called as part of "real-fetch". This validates whether the dependencies of a pkg to be built are installed, and if not, whether those dependencies will prospectively build (will not set IGNORE directly or indirectly through the various disable options). Recurses to "depends" with a DEPENDS_TARGET of "check-depends". ...And now, it is no longer necessary to mark dependent pkgs as unusable when their dependencies are unusable thanks to an incorrect LICENSE, _FOR_PLATFORM setting, and so forth. The check-depends step will validate everything before fetching a single file.
1999-05-25 01:04:52 +02:00
real-fetch: check-depends
.if !target(check-depends)
check-depends:
.if (defined(DEPENDS) || defined(BUILD_DEPENDS) || defined(RUN_DEPENDS)) && \
No need to validate dependencies if the package has already been extracted; make check-depends also dependent on the (non)existence of EXTRACT_COOKIE.
1999-05-26 17:27:23 +02:00
!defined(NO_DEPENDS) && !defined(NO_CHECK_DEPENDS) && !exists(${EXTRACT_COOKIE})
- The comment above the _COOKIE settings says "don't change these!!", so use = to set them, not ?=. - _DEPENDS_USE doesn't actually do any macro expansion, so save some processing time by executing it exactly once (remove the .USE operator). - Merge the IGNORE targets. Add an IGNORE target for depends and check-depends (see bottom). - Don't check for installation of a package in ${DEPENDS} when doing a "make depends". Instead, let the return code of make fall through (using && instead of ; in the last clause of each depend recursion block). - Provide a variable IGNORE_FAIL: when set, causes the ignore message to be printed (regardless of IGNORE_SILENT or ECHO_MSG setting) and the build to fail with ${FALSE}. Used with the next addition: - Add a new target, "check-depends", which is called as part of "real-fetch". This validates whether the dependencies of a pkg to be built are installed, and if not, whether those dependencies will prospectively build (will not set IGNORE directly or indirectly through the various disable options). Recurses to "depends" with a DEPENDS_TARGET of "check-depends". ...And now, it is no longer necessary to mark dependent pkgs as unusable when their dependencies are unusable thanks to an incorrect LICENSE, _FOR_PLATFORM setting, and so forth. The check-depends step will validate everything before fetching a single file.
1999-05-25 01:04:52 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${ECHO_MSG} "===> Validating dependencies for ${PKGNAME}"
XXX XXX. Add a hack to allow "check-depends" to recurse the dependency tree and override the `on-the-fly dependency target' option.
1999-06-04 19:05:26 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} DEPENDS_TARGET=check-depends ECHO_MSG=${TRUE:Q} IGNORE_FAIL=1 _DEPENDS_TARGET_OVERRIDE=1 depends || \
- The comment above the _COOKIE settings says "don't change these!!", so use = to set them, not ?=. - _DEPENDS_USE doesn't actually do any macro expansion, so save some processing time by executing it exactly once (remove the .USE operator). - Merge the IGNORE targets. Add an IGNORE target for depends and check-depends (see bottom). - Don't check for installation of a package in ${DEPENDS} when doing a "make depends". Instead, let the return code of make fall through (using && instead of ; in the last clause of each depend recursion block). - Provide a variable IGNORE_FAIL: when set, causes the ignore message to be printed (regardless of IGNORE_SILENT or ECHO_MSG setting) and the build to fail with ${FALSE}. Used with the next addition: - Add a new target, "check-depends", which is called as part of "real-fetch". This validates whether the dependencies of a pkg to be built are installed, and if not, whether those dependencies will prospectively build (will not set IGNORE directly or indirectly through the various disable options). Recurses to "depends" with a DEPENDS_TARGET of "check-depends". ...And now, it is no longer necessary to mark dependent pkgs as unusable when their dependencies are unusable thanks to an incorrect LICENSE, _FOR_PLATFORM setting, and so forth. The check-depends step will validate everything before fetching a single file.
1999-05-25 01:04:52 +02:00
(${ECHO_MSG} "===> ${PKGNAME} cannot build necessary dependencies."; ${FALSE})
.endif
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(clean-depends)
clean-depends:
- The comment above the _COOKIE settings says "don't change these!!", so use = to set them, not ?=. - _DEPENDS_USE doesn't actually do any macro expansion, so save some processing time by executing it exactly once (remove the .USE operator). - Merge the IGNORE targets. Add an IGNORE target for depends and check-depends (see bottom). - Don't check for installation of a package in ${DEPENDS} when doing a "make depends". Instead, let the return code of make fall through (using && instead of ; in the last clause of each depend recursion block). - Provide a variable IGNORE_FAIL: when set, causes the ignore message to be printed (regardless of IGNORE_SILENT or ECHO_MSG setting) and the build to fail with ${FALSE}. Used with the next addition: - Add a new target, "check-depends", which is called as part of "real-fetch". This validates whether the dependencies of a pkg to be built are installed, and if not, whether those dependencies will prospectively build (will not set IGNORE directly or indirectly through the various disable options). Recurses to "depends" with a DEPENDS_TARGET of "check-depends". ...And now, it is no longer necessary to mark dependent pkgs as unusable when their dependencies are unusable thanks to an incorrect LICENSE, _FOR_PLATFORM setting, and so forth. The check-depends step will validate everything before fetching a single file.
1999-05-25 01:04:52 +02:00
.if defined(BUILD_DEPENDS) || defined(DEPENDS) || defined(RUN_DEPENDS)
Fix the clean-depends target by using make(1) modifiers before variable expansion, instead of letting sh(1) DTWT. Noted by Kazuki Sakamoto <sakamoto@cec.co.jp>
2000-01-11 14:59:28 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}\
for dir in `${ECHO} ${BUILD_DEPENDS:C/^[^:]*://:C/:.*//} \
We don't support FETCH_DEPENDS for some time now, remove the remaining code (fetch-depends calls, fetch-depends calling _DEPENDS_USE).
2000-02-28 02:38:37 +01:00
${DEPENDS:C/^[^:]*://:C/:.*//} \
${RUN_DEPENDS:C/^[^:]*://:C/:.*//} | sort -u`; do \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
if [ -d $$dir ] ; then \
Allow (recursive) cleaning out and deinstallation of required packages: make clean CLEANDEPENDS=YES make deinstall DEINSTALLDEPENDS=YES Both CLEANDEPENDS and DEINSTALLDEPENDS default to NO, so this isn't different from the current behaviour.
1999-03-03 23:53:49 +01:00
(cd $$dir && ${MAKE} CLEANDEPENDS=${CLEANDEPENDS} clean ); \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
fi \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
done
.endif
.endif
.if !target(depends-list)
depends-list:
- The comment above the _COOKIE settings says "don't change these!!", so use = to set them, not ?=. - _DEPENDS_USE doesn't actually do any macro expansion, so save some processing time by executing it exactly once (remove the .USE operator). - Merge the IGNORE targets. Add an IGNORE target for depends and check-depends (see bottom). - Don't check for installation of a package in ${DEPENDS} when doing a "make depends". Instead, let the return code of make fall through (using && instead of ; in the last clause of each depend recursion block). - Provide a variable IGNORE_FAIL: when set, causes the ignore message to be printed (regardless of IGNORE_SILENT or ECHO_MSG setting) and the build to fail with ${FALSE}. Used with the next addition: - Add a new target, "check-depends", which is called as part of "real-fetch". This validates whether the dependencies of a pkg to be built are installed, and if not, whether those dependencies will prospectively build (will not set IGNORE directly or indirectly through the various disable options). Recurses to "depends" with a DEPENDS_TARGET of "check-depends". ...And now, it is no longer necessary to mark dependent pkgs as unusable when their dependencies are unusable thanks to an incorrect LICENSE, _FOR_PLATFORM setting, and so forth. The check-depends step will validate everything before fetching a single file.
1999-05-25 01:04:52 +02:00
.for dir in ${BUILD_DEPENDS} ${DEPENDS}
A foolish consistency: use && rather than ; in a bunch of places. Also, use ${SETENV} explicitly for configure.
1998-11-07 15:41:50 +01:00
@cd ${dir:C/^[^:]*://:C/:.*//} && ${MAKE} package-name depends-list PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE=${PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE}
Fix depends-list target WRT dewey depends; try (for USE_PERL5): DEPENDS+= perl>=5.00404:${PKGSRCDIR}/lang/perl5
1998-10-21 01:21:18 +02:00
.endfor
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
# If PACKAGES is set to the default (../../pkgsrc/packages), the current
# ${MACHINE_ARCH} and "release" (uname -r) will be used. Otherwise a directory
# structure of ...pkgsrc/packages/`uname -r`/${MACHINE_ARCH} is assumed.
# The PKG_URL is set from FTP_PKG_URL_* or CDROM_PKG_URL_*, depending on
# the target used to generate the README.html file.
Add "click here to download"-links.
1998-05-25 02:04:30 +02:00
.if !target(binpkg-list)
binpkg-list:
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
@cd ${PACKAGES}; \
case `/bin/pwd` in \
*/pkgsrc/packages) \
Include "old" binary packages in README.html.
1999-07-02 02:11:22 +02:00
for pkg in ${PKGREPOSITORYSUBDIR}/${PKGNAME:C/-[^-]*$/-[0-9]*/}${PKG_SUFX} ; \
do \
if [ -f "$$pkg" ] ; then \
Fix last commit to (also) work with disk layout different from the ftp site.
1999-07-03 18:38:59 +02:00
${ECHO} "<TR><TD> ${MACHINE_ARCH}: <TD><a href=\"${PKG_URL}/$$pkg\"> <TD>(${OPSYS} ${OS_VERSION}) </a>)"; \
Include "old" binary packages in README.html.
1999-07-02 02:11:22 +02:00
fi ; \
done ; \
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
;; \
*) \
cd ${PACKAGES}/../..; \
Include "old" binary packages in README.html.
1999-07-02 02:11:22 +02:00
for i in [1-9].*/*; do ( \
improved safety checks for README.html generation
1999-07-02 20:04:53 +02:00
d=$$i/${PKGREPOSITORYSUBDIR} ; \
Fix last commit to (also) work with disk layout different from the ftp site.
1999-07-03 18:38:59 +02:00
if [ -d "$$d" ]; then \
cd "$$d" ; \
improved safety checks for README.html generation
1999-07-02 20:04:53 +02:00
for j in ${PKGNAME:C/-[^-]*$/-[0-9]*/}${PKG_SUFX} ; \
do \
if [ -f "$$j" ] ; then \
${ECHO} $$i/$$j; \
fi ; \
cleanup of README.html generation code, as provided in PR 7989 by Jaromir Dolecek <dolecek@ics.muni.cz>. While there, mark the README.html as precious, so it doesn't get removed if the build process is interrupted.
1999-07-14 21:34:06 +02:00
done ; \
Fix last commit to (also) work with disk layout different from the ftp site.
1999-07-03 18:38:59 +02:00
fi ) ; \
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
done | ${AWK} -F/ ' \
{ \
release = $$1; \
arch = $$2; \
Include "old" binary packages in README.html.
1999-07-02 02:11:22 +02:00
pkg = $$3; \
gsub("\.tgz","", pkg); \
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
if (arch != "m68k") { \
if (arch in urls) \
Include "old" binary packages in README.html.
1999-07-02 02:11:22 +02:00
urls[arch "/" pkg "/" release] = "<a href=\"${PKG_URL}/" release "/" arch "/${PKGREPOSITORYSUBDIR}/" pkg "${PKG_SUFX}\">" pkg "</a>, " urls[arch]; \
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
else \
Include "old" binary packages in README.html.
1999-07-02 02:11:22 +02:00
urls[arch "/" pkg "/" release] = "<a href=\"${PKG_URL}/" release "/" arch "/${PKGREPOSITORYSUBDIR}/" pkg "${PKG_SUFX}\">" pkg "</a> "; \
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
} \
} \
END { \
Include "old" binary packages in README.html.
1999-07-02 02:11:22 +02:00
for (av in urls) { \
split(av, ava, "/"); \
arch=ava[1]; \
pkg=ava[2]; \
release=ava[3]; \
print "<TR><TD><LI> " arch ": <TD>" urls[av] " <TD>(${OPSYS} " release ")"; \
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
} \
sort the list of binary packages when generating README.html
1999-12-23 04:12:44 +01:00
} ' | sort \
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
;; \
esac
Add "click here to download"-links.
1998-05-25 02:04:30 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
################################################################
# Everything after here are internal targets and really
# shouldn't be touched by anybody but the release engineers.
################################################################
# This target generates an index entry suitable for aggregation into
# a large index. Format is:
#
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# distribution-name|package-path|installation-prefix|comment| \
Introduce "Arch:" field in INDEX to handle the ONLY_FOR_ARCHS case better.
1998-03-08 15:25:52 +01:00
# description-file|maintainer|categories|build deps|run deps|for arch
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
.if !target(describe)
describe:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
@${ECHO} -n "${PKGNAME}|${.CURDIR}|"; \
${ECHO} -n "${PREFIX}|"; \
if [ -f ${COMMENT} ]; then \
${ECHO} -n "`${CAT} ${COMMENT}`"; \
else \
${ECHO} -n "** No Description"; \
fi; \
if [ -f ${DESCR_SRC} ]; then \
${ECHO} -n "|${DESCR_SRC}"; \
else \
${ECHO} -n "|/dev/null"; \
fi; \
${ECHO} -n "|${MAINTAINER}|${CATEGORIES}|"; \
- The comment above the _COOKIE settings says "don't change these!!", so use = to set them, not ?=. - _DEPENDS_USE doesn't actually do any macro expansion, so save some processing time by executing it exactly once (remove the .USE operator). - Merge the IGNORE targets. Add an IGNORE target for depends and check-depends (see bottom). - Don't check for installation of a package in ${DEPENDS} when doing a "make depends". Instead, let the return code of make fall through (using && instead of ; in the last clause of each depend recursion block). - Provide a variable IGNORE_FAIL: when set, causes the ignore message to be printed (regardless of IGNORE_SILENT or ECHO_MSG setting) and the build to fail with ${FALSE}. Used with the next addition: - Add a new target, "check-depends", which is called as part of "real-fetch". This validates whether the dependencies of a pkg to be built are installed, and if not, whether those dependencies will prospectively build (will not set IGNORE directly or indirectly through the various disable options). Recurses to "depends" with a DEPENDS_TARGET of "check-depends". ...And now, it is no longer necessary to mark dependent pkgs as unusable when their dependencies are unusable thanks to an incorrect LICENSE, _FOR_PLATFORM setting, and so forth. The check-depends step will validate everything before fetching a single file.
1999-05-25 01:04:52 +02:00
case "A${BUILD_DEPENDS}B${DEPENDS}C" in \
ABC) ;; \
make -> ${MAKE}, as per FreeBSD's PR 6341.
1998-04-19 14:48:07 +02:00
*) cd ${.CURDIR} && ${ECHO} -n `${MAKE} depends-list|sort -u`;; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
esac; \
${ECHO} -n "|"; \
case "A${RUN_DEPENDS}B${DEPENDS}C" in \
ABC) ;; \
Bump PKGTOOLS_REQD to 20000202. As a consequence of this - unconditionally enable the size code - use wildcards consistently (PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS=true)
2000-02-02 17:28:55 +01:00
*) cd ${.CURDIR} && ${ECHO} -n `${MAKE} package-depends|sort -u`;; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
esac; \
${ECHO} -n "|"; \
if [ "${ONLY_FOR_ARCHS}" = "" ]; then \
${ECHO} -n "any"; \
else \
${ECHO} -n "${ONLY_FOR_ARCHS}"; \
fi; \
${ECHO} -n "|"; \
if [ "${NOT_FOR_OPSYS}" = "" ]; then \
${ECHO} -n "any"; \
else \
${ECHO} -n "not ${NOT_FOR_OPSYS}"; \
fi; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO} ""
.endif
.if !target(readmes)
readmes: readme
.endif
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
# This target is used to generate README.html files
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(readme)
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
FTP_PKG_URL_HOST?= ftp://ftp.netbsd.org
FTP_PKG_URL_DIR?= /pub/NetBSD/packages
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
readme:
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
@cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} README.html PKG_URL=${FTP_PKG_URL_HOST}${FTP_PKG_URL_DIR}
.endif
# This target is used to generate README.html files, very like "readme"
# However, a different target was used for ease of use.
.if !target(cdrom-readme)
CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST?= file://localhost
CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR?= /usr/pkgsrc/packages
cdrom-readme:
@cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} README.html PKG_URL=${CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST}${CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Remove the magic control characters in a similar way to Bill Fenner's patch for bsd.port.subdir.mk.
1997-11-21 18:44:11 +01:00
.if (${OPSYS} == "NetBSD")
README_NAME= ${TEMPLATES}/README.pkg
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.elif (${OPSYS} == "SunOS")
README_NAME= ${TEMPLATES}/README.pkg
Remove the magic control characters in a similar way to Bill Fenner's patch for bsd.port.subdir.mk.
1997-11-21 18:44:11 +01:00
.else
README_NAME= ${TEMPLATES}/README.port
.endif
Add any licensing information to the README.html files which are generated for each package.
1998-07-22 11:18:46 +02:00
# set up the correct license information as a sed expression
.ifdef LICENSE
SED_LICENSE_EXPR= -e 's|%%LICENSE%%|<p>Please note that this package has a ${LICENSE} license.</p>|'
.else
SED_LICENSE_EXPR= -e 's|%%LICENSE%%||'
.endif
The Grand Homepagification: - New, optional Makefile variable HOMEPAGE, specifies a URL for the home page of the software if it has one. - The value of HOMEPAGE is used to add a link from the README.html files. - pkglint updated to know about it. The "correct" location for HOMEPAGE in the Makefile is after MAINTAINER, in that same section.
1998-08-20 17:16:34 +02:00
# set up the "more info URL" information as a sed expression
.ifdef HOMEPAGE
Change "This package has a homepage" to "This package has a homepage at <link>." Suggested by David Brownlee.
1998-08-27 13:34:23 +02:00
SED_HOMEPAGE_EXPR= -e 's|%%HOMEPAGE%%|<p>This package has a home page at <a HREF="${HOMEPAGE}">${HOMEPAGE}</a>.</p>|'
The Grand Homepagification: - New, optional Makefile variable HOMEPAGE, specifies a URL for the home page of the software if it has one. - The value of HOMEPAGE is used to add a link from the README.html files. - pkglint updated to know about it. The "correct" location for HOMEPAGE in the Makefile is after MAINTAINER, in that same section.
1998-08-20 17:16:34 +02:00
.else
SED_HOMEPAGE_EXPR= -e 's|%%HOMEPAGE%%||'
.endif
cleanup of README.html generation code, as provided in PR 7989 by Jaromir Dolecek <dolecek@ics.muni.cz>. While there, mark the README.html as precious, so it doesn't get removed if the build process is interrupted.
1999-07-14 21:34:06 +02:00
.PHONY: README.html
README.html: .PRECIOUS
Cosmetic mods: PACKAGE_NAME_AS_LINK, which can have a YES or NO value, changed to PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE, which can have an html or name value. s/echo/${ECHO}/
1998-08-27 16:56:02 +02:00
@${MAKE} depends-list PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE=html | sort -u >> $@.tmp1
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
@[ -s $@.tmp1 ] || ${ECHO} "<I>(none)</I>" >> $@.tmp1
Cosmetic mods: PACKAGE_NAME_AS_LINK, which can have a YES or NO value, changed to PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE, which can have an html or name value. s/echo/${ECHO}/
1998-08-27 16:56:02 +02:00
@${MAKE} package-depends PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE=html | sort -u >> $@.tmp2
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
@[ -s $@.tmp2 ] || ${ECHO} "<I>(none)</I>" >> $@.tmp2
Remove the magic control characters in a similar way to Bill Fenner's patch for bsd.port.subdir.mk.
1997-11-21 18:44:11 +01:00
@${ECHO} ${PKGNAME} | ${HTMLIFY} >> $@.tmp3
Add "click here to download"-links.
1998-05-25 02:04:30 +02:00
@${MAKE} binpkg-list >> $@.tmp4
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
@[ -s $@.tmp4 ] || ${ECHO} "<I>(no precompiled binaries available)</I>" >> $@.tmp4
@${SED} -e 's|%%PORT%%|'"`${MAKE} package-path | ${HTMLIFY}`"'|g' \
Make "make readme" work on Solaris - Solaris's sed(1) can be a pain at times.
1999-07-28 12:07:55 +02:00
-e '/%%PKG%%/r $@.tmp3' \
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
-e '/%%PKG%%/d' \
${SED_LICENSE_EXPR} \
${SED_HOMEPAGE_EXPR} \
Make "make readme" work on Solaris - Solaris's sed(1) can be a pain at times.
1999-07-28 12:07:55 +02:00
-e '/%%COMMENT%%/r ${PKGDIR}/COMMENT' \
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
-e '/%%COMMENT%%/d' \
Make "make readme" work on Solaris - Solaris's sed(1) can be a pain at times.
1999-07-28 12:07:55 +02:00
-e '/%%BUILD_DEPENDS%%/r $@.tmp1' \
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
-e '/%%BUILD_DEPENDS%%/d' \
Make "make readme" work on Solaris - Solaris's sed(1) can be a pain at times.
1999-07-28 12:07:55 +02:00
-e '/%%RUN_DEPENDS%%/r $@.tmp2' \
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
-e '/%%RUN_DEPENDS%%/d' \
Make "make readme" work on Solaris - Solaris's sed(1) can be a pain at times.
1999-07-28 12:07:55 +02:00
-e '/%%BIN_PKGS%%/r $@.tmp4' \
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
-e '/%%BIN_PKGS%%/d' \
${README_NAME} >> $@.tmp
Make "make readme" work on Solaris - Solaris's sed(1) can be a pain at times.
1999-07-28 12:07:55 +02:00
@cmp -s $@.tmp $@ || \
(${ECHO_MSG} "===> Creating README.html for ${_THISDIR_}${PKGNAME}"; \
${MV} -f $@.tmp $@)
cleanup of README.html generation code, as provided in PR 7989 by Jaromir Dolecek <dolecek@ics.muni.cz>. While there, mark the README.html as precious, so it doesn't get removed if the build process is interrupted.
1999-07-14 21:34:06 +02:00
@${RM} -f $@.tmp $@.tmp1 $@.tmp2 $@.tmp3 $@.tmp4 $@.tmp5
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.if !target(show-pkgtools-version)
show-pkgtools-version:
Calculate current pkgtools version once (inline rather than via additional make call), and pass it in the environment to any recursive make calls. 'make fetch' in gnumeric on my system is now > 15% faster checking dependencies.
2000-01-07 13:24:14 +01:00
@${ECHO} ${PKGTOOLS_VERSION}
if ${IDENT} does not exist, assume that the package tools are ok. This is for bootstrapping on systems that don't have RCS installed.
1999-08-31 23:45:45 +02:00
.endif
add print-pkgtools_ver to get version of currently-installed pkg-tools
1998-11-09 15:41:30 +01:00
Add a convenience target called "show-var", which will echo a make(1) variable from the command line: i.e. "make show-var VARNAME=var" will echo var's value
1999-09-28 12:03:16 +02:00
# convenience target, to display make variables from command line
# i.e. "make show-var VARNAME=var", will print var's value
show-var:
Correct typo in previous target addition.
1999-09-28 12:07:38 +02:00
@${ECHO} "${${VARNAME}}"
Add a convenience target called "show-var", which will echo a make(1) variable from the command line: i.e. "make show-var VARNAME=var" will echo var's value
1999-09-28 12:03:16 +02:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(print-depends-list)
print-depends-list:
- The comment above the _COOKIE settings says "don't change these!!", so use = to set them, not ?=. - _DEPENDS_USE doesn't actually do any macro expansion, so save some processing time by executing it exactly once (remove the .USE operator). - Merge the IGNORE targets. Add an IGNORE target for depends and check-depends (see bottom). - Don't check for installation of a package in ${DEPENDS} when doing a "make depends". Instead, let the return code of make fall through (using && instead of ; in the last clause of each depend recursion block). - Provide a variable IGNORE_FAIL: when set, causes the ignore message to be printed (regardless of IGNORE_SILENT or ECHO_MSG setting) and the build to fail with ${FALSE}. Used with the next addition: - Add a new target, "check-depends", which is called as part of "real-fetch". This validates whether the dependencies of a pkg to be built are installed, and if not, whether those dependencies will prospectively build (will not set IGNORE directly or indirectly through the various disable options). Recurses to "depends" with a DEPENDS_TARGET of "check-depends". ...And now, it is no longer necessary to mark dependent pkgs as unusable when their dependencies are unusable thanks to an incorrect LICENSE, _FOR_PLATFORM setting, and so forth. The check-depends step will validate everything before fetching a single file.
1999-05-25 01:04:52 +02:00
.if defined(BUILD_DEPENDS) || defined(DEPENDS)
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
@${ECHO} -n 'This package requires package(s) "'
make -> ${MAKE}, as per FreeBSD's PR 6341.
1998-04-19 14:48:07 +02:00
@${ECHO} -n `${MAKE} depends-list | sort -u`
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
@${ECHO} '" to build.'
.endif
.endif
.if !target(print-package-depends)
print-package-depends:
- Nuke LIB_DEPENDS pkg cruft. Add an error message if LIB_DEPENDS is set. - Build in some pkglint: error out if DISTNAME or MAINTAINER are not set in the pkg Makefile.
1998-08-05 21:25:08 +02:00
.if defined(RUN_DEPENDS) || defined(DEPENDS)
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
@${ECHO} -n 'This package requires package(s) "'
fix up for dewey depends
1998-10-05 02:34:44 +02:00
@${ECHO} -n "`${MAKE} package-depends | sort -u`"
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
@${ECHO} '" to run.'
.endif
.endif
Add code to include the size of a package into both the installed version and binary packages. The size can be queried then via pkg_info: xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -s xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size of this package in bytes: 4670692 xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -S xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size in bytes including required pkgs: 14610165 While doing work on the size code, support for the @src directive was removed (formerly enabled with the pkg_create -s switch, but unused in our pkg system). The new pkg_info -s and -S switches were tested on installed, local (file) and remote (ftp) packages. In bsd.pkg.mk, take special care for pkg_* versions that do not have the pkg_create -s and -S switches and do not record size information there.
1999-11-29 20:48:15 +01:00
# Stat all the files of a pkg and sum the sizes up. If SIZEDEPENDS is
# set, also sum up all depending packages, giving a rough overview of
# what this package really needs to run. (When installed alone -
# intersection of dependencies with other pkgs may result in less
# diskspace usage)
#
# XXX This is intended to be run before pkg_create is called, so the
# existance of ${PLIST} can be assumed as granted.
print-pkg-size:
Use _PKG_SILENT and _PKG_DEBUG in print-pkg-size, to aid debugging. Make the print-pkg-size target work on Solaris if there are no pre-requisite packages.
2000-01-10 13:33:58 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}( \
Add code to include the size of a package into both the installed version and binary packages. The size can be queried then via pkg_info: xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -s xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size of this package in bytes: 4670692 xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -S xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size in bytes including required pkgs: 14610165 While doing work on the size code, support for the @src directive was removed (formerly enabled with the pkg_create -s switch, but unused in our pkg system). The new pkg_info -s and -S switches were tested on installed, local (file) and remote (ftp) packages. In bsd.pkg.mk, take special care for pkg_* versions that do not have the pkg_create -s and -S switches and do not record size information there.
1999-11-29 20:48:15 +01:00
${SHCOMMENT} "This pkg's files" ; \
${SED} -n \
-e 's,^[^@],${PREFIX}/&,' \
-e '/^\//p' \
<${PLIST} ; \
${SHCOMMENT} "Any depending pkgs' files" ; \
Split print-pkg-depend-sizes into two pkgs, to work make processing of $DEPENDS with wildcards and relational depends possible. (The previous solution with :Q was not useful as this also quoted the seperator between the single depends, making the DEPENDS useless).
2000-01-10 20:17:27 +01:00
if [ "${SIZEDEPENDS}" != "" ]; then \
${MAKE} print-pkg-depend-sizes ; \
fi ; \
Add code to include the size of a package into both the installed version and binary packages. The size can be queried then via pkg_info: xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -s xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size of this package in bytes: 4670692 xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -S xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size in bytes including required pkgs: 14610165 While doing work on the size code, support for the @src directive was removed (formerly enabled with the pkg_create -s switch, but unused in our pkg system). The new pkg_info -s and -S switches were tested on installed, local (file) and remote (ftp) packages. In bsd.pkg.mk, take special care for pkg_* versions that do not have the pkg_create -s and -S switches and do not record size information there.
1999-11-29 20:48:15 +01:00
) \
| sort -u \
| xargs ls -ld \
| awk 'BEGIN { sum=0; } \
{ sum+=$$5; } \
END { print sum; }'
Split print-pkg-depend-sizes into two pkgs, to work make processing of $DEPENDS with wildcards and relational depends possible. (The previous solution with :Q was not useful as this also quoted the seperator between the single depends, making the DEPENDS useless).
2000-01-10 20:17:27 +01:00
# Find sizes of required pkgs
print-pkg-depend-sizes:
.for dep in ${DEPENDS}
@p="`${ECHO} \"${dep}\" | ${SED} -e 's/:.*//'`"; \
${SHCOMMENT} direct depends ; \
${PKG_INFO} -qL "$$p" ; \
${SHCOMMENT} "depends of depends (XXX complete!)"; \
dps=`${PKG_INFO} -qf "$$p" | grep '@pkgdep' | awk '{ print $$2; }'` ; \
for dp in $$dps ; do \
${PKG_INFO} -qL "$$dp" ; \
done
.endfor
Add code to include the size of a package into both the installed version and binary packages. The size can be queried then via pkg_info: xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -s xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size of this package in bytes: 4670692 xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -S xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size in bytes including required pkgs: 14610165 While doing work on the size code, support for the @src directive was removed (formerly enabled with the pkg_create -s switch, but unused in our pkg system). The new pkg_info -s and -S switches were tested on installed, local (file) and remote (ftp) packages. In bsd.pkg.mk, take special care for pkg_* versions that do not have the pkg_create -s and -S switches and do not record size information there.
1999-11-29 20:48:15 +01:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Fake installation of package so that user can pkg_delete it later.
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# Also, make sure that an installed package is recognized correctly in
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# accordance to the @pkgdep directive in the packing lists
.if !target(fake-pkg)
Automatically append HOMEPAge to DESCR files, and remove homepage URLs from individual DESCR files that had them.
1998-08-26 18:50:48 +02:00
fake-pkg: ${PLIST} ${DESCR}
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ ! -f ${PLIST} -o ! -f ${COMMENT} -o ! -f ${DESCR} ]; then \
Use the new flags for pkg_create(1) for the build information and versioning information. Re-arrange the fake-pkg target so that the files exist before they're used.
1998-10-26 18:40:57 +01:00
${ECHO} "** Missing package files for ${PKGNAME} - installation not recorded."; \
exit 1; \
fi
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ ! -d ${PKG_DBDIR} ]; then \
Use the new flags for pkg_create(1) for the build information and versioning information. Re-arrange the fake-pkg target so that the files exist before they're used.
1998-10-26 18:40:57 +01:00
${RM} -f ${PKG_DBDIR}; \
${MKDIR} ${PKG_DBDIR}; \
fi
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if defined(FORCE_PKG_REGISTER)
- Bump required package tools version to 19990412. - Remove support for package tools without database support.
1999-04-19 22:04:18 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${PKG_DELETE} -O ${PKGNAME}
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -rf ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}
Use the new flags for pkg_create(1) for the build information and versioning information. Re-arrange the fake-pkg target so that the files exist before they're used.
1998-10-26 18:40:57 +01:00
.endif
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -f ${BUILD_VERSION_FILE} ${BUILD_INFO_FILE}
Add code to include the size of a package into both the installed version and binary packages. The size can be queried then via pkg_info: xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -s xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size of this package in bytes: 4670692 xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -S xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size in bytes including required pkgs: 14610165 While doing work on the size code, support for the @src directive was removed (formerly enabled with the pkg_create -s switch, but unused in our pkg system). The new pkg_info -s and -S switches were tested on installed, local (file) and remote (ftp) packages. In bsd.pkg.mk, take special care for pkg_* versions that do not have the pkg_create -s and -S switches and do not record size information there.
1999-11-29 20:48:15 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -f ${SIZE_PKG_FILE} ${SIZE_ALL_FILE}
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}files=""; \
Use the new flags for pkg_create(1) for the build information and versioning information. Re-arrange the fake-pkg target so that the files exist before they're used.
1998-10-26 18:40:57 +01:00
for f in ${.CURDIR}/Makefile ${FILESDIR}/* ${PKGDIR}/*; do \
if [ -f $$f ]; then \
files="$$files $$f"; \
fi; \
done; \
Record the names of the patches which were applied to the package (taken from the patch-sum file), plus any local patches, in the BuildVersion file (which can be viewed with the -b option to pkg_info(1)), rather than simply recording the contents of any patches directory.
1999-08-18 12:02:01 +02:00
if [ -f ${PATCH_SUM_FILE} ]; then \
for f in `${AWK} '$$1 == "MD5" { gsub("[()]", "", $$2); print $$2 }' < ${PATCH_SUM_FILE}`; do \
Don't try to record non existing patch files in "BuildVersion".
1999-09-03 23:05:58 +02:00
if [ -f $$f ]; then \
files="$$files ${PATCHDIR}/$$f"; \
fi; \
Record the names of the patches which were applied to the package (taken from the patch-sum file), plus any local patches, in the BuildVersion file (which can be viewed with the -b option to pkg_info(1)), rather than simply recording the contents of any patches directory.
1999-08-18 12:02:01 +02:00
done; \
fi; \
Use the new flags for pkg_create(1) for the build information and versioning information. Re-arrange the fake-pkg target so that the files exist before they're used.
1998-10-26 18:40:57 +01:00
if [ -d ${PATCHDIR} ]; then \
for f in ${PATCHDIR}/patch-*; do \
case $$f in \
*.orig|*.rej|*~) ;; \
Record the names of the patches which were applied to the package (taken from the patch-sum file), plus any local patches, in the BuildVersion file (which can be viewed with the -b option to pkg_info(1)), rather than simply recording the contents of any patches directory.
1999-08-18 12:02:01 +02:00
${PATCHDIR}/patch-local-*) \
Use the new flags for pkg_create(1) for the build information and versioning information. Re-arrange the fake-pkg target so that the files exist before they're used.
1998-10-26 18:40:57 +01:00
files="$$files $$f" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
fi; \
A foolish consistency: use && rather than ; in a bunch of places. Also, use ${SETENV} explicitly for configure.
1998-11-07 15:41:50 +01:00
pkgsrcdir=`(cd ../.. && /bin/pwd)`; \
Use the new flags for pkg_create(1) for the build information and versioning information. Re-arrange the fake-pkg target so that the files exist before they're used.
1998-10-26 18:40:57 +01:00
${GREP} '\$$NetBSD' $$files | ${SED} -e 's|^'$$pkgsrcdir'/||' > ${BUILD_VERSION_FILE};
.for def in ${BUILD_DEFS}
@${ECHO} "${def}= ${${def}}" | ${SED} -e 's|PATH=[^ ]*|PATH=...|' >> ${BUILD_INFO_FILE}
.endfor
@${ECHO} "CC= ${CC}-`${CC} --version`" >> ${BUILD_INFO_FILE}
.ifdef USE_PERL5
@${ECHO} "PERL= `${LOCALBASE}/bin/perl --version | ${GREP} version`" >> ${BUILD_INFO_FILE}
.endif
.ifdef USE_GMAKE
@${ECHO} "GMAKE= `${GMAKE} --version | ${GREP} version`" >> ${BUILD_INFO_FILE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Calculate current pkgtools version once (inline rather than via additional make call), and pass it in the environment to any recursive make calls. 'make fetch' in gnumeric on my system is now > 15% faster checking dependencies.
2000-01-07 13:24:14 +01:00
@${ECHO} "_PKGTOOLS_VER= ${PKGTOOLS_VERSION}" >> ${BUILD_INFO_FILE}
Add code to include the size of a package into both the installed version and binary packages. The size can be queried then via pkg_info: xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -s xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size of this package in bytes: 4670692 xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -S xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size in bytes including required pkgs: 14610165 While doing work on the size code, support for the @src directive was removed (formerly enabled with the pkg_create -s switch, but unused in our pkg system). The new pkg_info -s and -S switches were tested on installed, local (file) and remote (ftp) packages. In bsd.pkg.mk, take special care for pkg_* versions that do not have the pkg_create -s and -S switches and do not record size information there.
1999-11-29 20:48:15 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} print-pkg-size >${SIZE_PKG_FILE}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} print-pkg-size SIZEDEPENDS=yesplease >${SIZE_ALL_FILE}
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ ! -d ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME} ]; then \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "===> Registering installation for ${PKGNAME}"; \
Use the correct INSTALL_FILE, DEINSTALL_FILE, MESSAGE_FILE and REQ_FILE at installation time.
1998-09-21 14:22:47 +02:00
${MKDIR} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}; \
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
${PKG_CREATE} ${PKG_ARGS} -O ${PKGFILE} > ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+CONTENTS; \
Use the correct INSTALL_FILE, DEINSTALL_FILE, MESSAGE_FILE and REQ_FILE at installation time.
1998-09-21 14:22:47 +02:00
${CP} ${DESCR} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+DESC; \
${CP} ${COMMENT} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+COMMENT; \
Use the new flags for pkg_create(1) for the build information and versioning information. Re-arrange the fake-pkg target so that the files exist before they're used.
1998-10-26 18:40:57 +01:00
${CP} ${BUILD_VERSION_FILE} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+BUILD_VERSION; \
${CP} ${BUILD_INFO_FILE} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+BUILD_INFO; \
Add code to include the size of a package into both the installed version and binary packages. The size can be queried then via pkg_info: xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -s xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size of this package in bytes: 4670692 xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -S xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size in bytes including required pkgs: 14610165 While doing work on the size code, support for the @src directive was removed (formerly enabled with the pkg_create -s switch, but unused in our pkg system). The new pkg_info -s and -S switches were tested on installed, local (file) and remote (ftp) packages. In bsd.pkg.mk, take special care for pkg_* versions that do not have the pkg_create -s and -S switches and do not record size information there.
1999-11-29 20:48:15 +01:00
if ${TEST} -e ${SIZE_PKG_FILE}; then \
${CP} ${SIZE_PKG_FILE} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+SIZE_PKG; \
fi ; \
if ${TEST} -e ${SIZE_ALL_FILE}; then \
${CP} ${SIZE_ALL_FILE} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+SIZE_ALL; \
fi ; \
Use the correct INSTALL_FILE, DEINSTALL_FILE, MESSAGE_FILE and REQ_FILE at installation time.
1998-09-21 14:22:47 +02:00
if [ -n "${INSTALL_FILE}" ]; then \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
if ${TEST} -e ${INSTALL_FILE}; then \
Use the correct INSTALL_FILE, DEINSTALL_FILE, MESSAGE_FILE and REQ_FILE at installation time.
1998-09-21 14:22:47 +02:00
${CP} ${INSTALL_FILE} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+INSTALL; \
fi; \
fi; \
if [ -n "${DEINSTALL_FILE}" ]; then \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
if ${TEST} -e ${DEINSTALL_FILE}; then \
Use the correct INSTALL_FILE, DEINSTALL_FILE, MESSAGE_FILE and REQ_FILE at installation time.
1998-09-21 14:22:47 +02:00
${CP} ${DEINSTALL_FILE} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+DEINSTALL; \
fi; \
fi; \
if [ -n "${REQ_FILE}" ]; then \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
if ${TEST} -e ${REQ_FILE}; then \
Use the correct INSTALL_FILE, DEINSTALL_FILE, MESSAGE_FILE and REQ_FILE at installation time.
1998-09-21 14:22:47 +02:00
${CP} ${REQ_FILE} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+REQUIRE; \
fi; \
fi; \
if [ -n "${MESSAGE_FILE}" ]; then \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
if ${TEST} -e ${MESSAGE_FILE}; then \
Use the correct INSTALL_FILE, DEINSTALL_FILE, MESSAGE_FILE and REQ_FILE at installation time.
1998-09-21 14:22:47 +02:00
${CP} ${MESSAGE_FILE} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+DISPLAY; \
fi; \
fi; \
Bump PKGTOOLS_REQD to 20000202. As a consequence of this - unconditionally enable the size code - use wildcards consistently (PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS=true)
2000-02-02 17:28:55 +01:00
for dep in `${MAKE} package-depends ECHO_MSG=${TRUE} | sort -u`; do \
fix up for dewey depends
1998-10-05 02:34:44 +02:00
realdep="`${PKG_INFO} -e \"$$dep\" || ${TRUE}`" ; \
When checking and registerring dependencies, recognize dependencies that match more than one package, and warn about it: *** WARNING: Dependency on 'gnome-*' expands to several installed packages ( gnome-libs-1.0.53 gnome-core-1.0.53 gnome-print-0.9 ). Please check if this is really intended! In such a case, the pattern ('gnome-*') should be tightened to only match what's really intended (e.g. 'gnome-[0-9]*').
2000-01-10 20:43:37 +01:00
if [ `${ECHO} $$realdep | wc -w` -gt 1 ]; then \
${ECHO} '***' "WARNING: '$$dep' expands to several installed packages " ; \
${ECHO} " (" `${ECHO} $$realdep` ")." ; \
${ECHO} " Please check if this is really intended!" ; \
continue ; \
fi ; \
Add quotes round one place where it may be useful, and add a "plist" target to create the PLIST on the fly. (This is just an alias for the existing ${PLIST} target, but with that you have to type the full path which is inconvenient).
2000-01-05 17:55:32 +01:00
if ${TEST} -z "$$realdep"; then \
+ explain "Unacceptable license" message a bit better. + create a +BUILD_VERSION file when creating the package, containing the RCS Id strings of files pertinent to the package build. + re-format one block of code + s/echo/${ECHO}/ + don't give out unnecessary internal pkg information to users (the exact location of registration of the package does not matter).
1998-10-12 21:40:33 +02:00
${ECHO} "$$dep not installed - NOT registered" ; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
elif [ -d ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$realdep ]; then \
if ${TEST} ! -e ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$realdep/+REQUIRED_BY; then \
${TOUCH} ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$realdep/+REQUIRED_BY; \
fi; \
${AWK} 'BEGIN { found = 0; } \
$$0 == "${PKGNAME}" { found = 1; } \
{ print $$0; } \
END { if (!found) { printf("%s\n", "${PKGNAME}"); }}' \
< ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$realdep/+REQUIRED_BY > ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$realdep/reqby.$$$$; \
${MV} ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$realdep/reqby.$$$$ ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$realdep/+REQUIRED_BY; \
${ECHO} "${PKGNAME} requires installed package $$realdep"; \
+ explain "Unacceptable license" message a bit better. + create a +BUILD_VERSION file when creating the package, containing the RCS Id strings of files pertinent to the package build. + re-format one block of code + s/echo/${ECHO}/ + don't give out unnecessary internal pkg information to users (the exact location of registration of the package does not matter).
1998-10-12 21:40:33 +02:00
fi; \
done; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
fi
.endif
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# Depend is generally meaningless for arbitrary packages, but if someone wants
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# one they can override this. This is just to catch people who've gotten into
make -> ${MAKE}, as per FreeBSD's PR 6341.
1998-04-19 14:48:07 +02:00
# the habit of typing `${MAKE} depend all install' as a matter of course.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
.if !target(depend)
depend:
.endif
# Same goes for tags
.if !target(tags)
tags:
.endif
- Add OpenBSD and FreeBSD Ids in the header - Changes from FreeBSD's V1.164: * Warn if mtree-file not found * On 'make reinstall' gets DEPENDS_TARGET set to 'reinstall' instead of 'install' - Changes from OpenBSD's V1.14: * Documentation and implementation for ONLY_FOR_ARCHS * Documentation and implementation for WRKOBJDIR * Documentation on HAVE_MOTIF and MOTIF_STATIC: set in /etc/mk.conf, not /etc/make.conf * Set NOMANCOMPRESS=no to still compress man-pages (should probably be set to 'yes') * DEF_UMASK=022 * add ${MACHINE} suffix to WRKDIR if OBJMACHINE is set * .include <bsd.own.mk>
1997-09-28 02:44:15 +02:00
Some packages use bsd-style .mk files when building, and so any manual pages that are installed will be gzip-compressed, if MANZ is set, or not if MANZ is not set. If the package uses bsd-style .mk files, the variable MANCOMPRESSED_IF_MANZ should be set to a value of "yes" in the package Makefile. This replaces the previous method of specific inclusion of bsd.prefs.mk, followed by a check for MANZ and conditional assignment of MANCOMPRESSED. Add appropriate documentation, and change all necessary ocurrences in package Makefiles.
1999-07-02 10:37:20 +02:00
# if automatic manual page compression is done by the package according
# to MANZ's value, set MANCOMPRESSED if MANZ is set
Add a "show-distfiles" target, used to show the distfiles and patchfiles (including any subdir) for a package. If ${IGNORE} is set, for any reason, do not print anything. The output is relative to ${DISTDIR}. This target can be used to identify out of date distfiles and patchfiles in ${DISTDIR}, in conjunction with suitable filters.
1999-06-28 13:42:28 +02:00
.if defined(MANCOMPRESSED_IF_MANZ) && defined(MANZ)
MANCOMPRESSED= yes
.endif
- move definition of ARCH and OPSYS so it is even available if ONLY_FOR_ARCHS is set - Usage points to PLIST_SRC
1997-12-13 22:28:24 +01:00
# generate ${PLIST} from ${PLIST_SRC} by:
move documentation to packages.7. also, remove ts=4 crap.
1998-06-05 14:45:53 +02:00
# - fixing list of man-pages according to MANCOMPRESSED/MANZ
Get rid of the old, error-prone, MAN<sect> and CAT<sect> manual page handling. Also, use two regexps when creating the work/.PLIST file, rather than the four original ones (necessary because the MANLANG definition has now gone away too).
1998-06-22 16:47:49 +02:00
# (we don't take any notice of MANCOMPRESSED as many packages have .gz
# pages in PLIST even when they install manpages without compressing them)
s/PLIST_SUB/PLIST_SUBST/
1999-09-03 04:43:51 +02:00
# - substituting by ${PLIST_SUBST}
move documentation to packages.7. also, remove ts=4 crap.
1998-06-05 14:45:53 +02:00
Major changes in manual page handling - deal with imake's man pages in Solaris, and consolidate other manual page handling.
1999-03-12 11:19:14 +01:00
.if ${OPSYS} == "NetBSD"
Optimise the manual page handling a bit more - miss out redundant commands.
1999-03-16 10:50:28 +01:00
IMAKE_MAN_CMD=
Major changes in manual page handling - deal with imake's man pages in Solaris, and consolidate other manual page handling.
1999-03-12 11:19:14 +01:00
.ifdef MANZ
Don't apply automatical manual page handling to package list entries starting with "@".
1999-09-24 19:13:31 +02:00
MANZ_EXPRESSION= -e 's|\(^\([^@/]*/\)*man/\([^/]*/\)\{0,1\}man[1-9ln]/.*[1-9ln]$$\)|\1.gz|' \
-e 's|\(^\([^@/]*/\)*man/\([^/]*/\)\{0,1\}cat[1-9ln]/.*[0-9ln]$$\)|\1.gz|'
Major changes in manual page handling - deal with imake's man pages in Solaris, and consolidate other manual page handling.
1999-03-12 11:19:14 +01:00
.else
Don't apply automatical manual page handling to package list entries starting with "@".
1999-09-24 19:13:31 +02:00
MANZ_EXPRESSION= -e 's|\(^\([^@/]*/\)*man/\([^/]*/\)\{0,1\}man[1-9ln]/.*[1-9ln]\)\.gz$$|\1|' \
-e 's|\(^\([^@/]*/\)*man/\([^/]*/\)\{0,1\}cat[1-9ln]/.*[0-9ln]\)\.gz$$|\1|'
Major changes in manual page handling - deal with imake's man pages in Solaris, and consolidate other manual page handling.
1999-03-12 11:19:14 +01:00
.endif # MANZ
Optimise the manual page handling a bit more - miss out redundant commands.
1999-03-16 10:50:28 +01:00
MANZ_NAWK_CMD=
Major changes in manual page handling - deal with imake's man pages in Solaris, and consolidate other manual page handling.
1999-03-12 11:19:14 +01:00
.elif ${OPSYS} == "SunOS"
.ifdef USE_IMAKE
IMAKE_MAN_CMD= ${AWK} '/^([^\/]*\/)*man\/([^\/]*\/)?cat[1-9ln]\/.*[0-9ln](\.gz)?$$/ { \
sect = $$0; n = match(sect, "/cat[1-9ln]"); \
sect = sprintf(".%sx", substr(sect, n + 4, 1)); \
s = $$0; sub("/cat", "/man", s); sub("\.0(\.gz)?$$", sect, s); \
if (match($$0, "\.gz$$") > 0) { ext = ".gz";} else { ext = "";} \
$$0 = sprintf("%s%s", s, ext); \
Optimise the manual page handling a bit more - miss out redundant commands.
1999-03-16 10:50:28 +01:00
} { print $$0; }' |
Major changes in manual page handling - deal with imake's man pages in Solaris, and consolidate other manual page handling.
1999-03-12 11:19:14 +01:00
.else
Optimise the manual page handling a bit more - miss out redundant commands.
1999-03-16 10:50:28 +01:00
IMAKE_MAN_CMD=
Major changes in manual page handling - deal with imake's man pages in Solaris, and consolidate other manual page handling.
1999-03-12 11:19:14 +01:00
.endif # USE_IMAKE
.ifdef MANZ
MANZ_NAWK_CMD= ${AWK} '/^([^\/]*\/)*man\/([^\/]*\/)?man[1-9ln]\/.*[1-9ln]\.gz$$/ { \
$$0 = sprintf("%s.gz", $$0); \
} \
/^([^\/]*\/)*man\/([^\/]*\/)?cat[1-9ln]\/.*[0-9ln]\.gz$$/ { \
$$0 = sprintf("%s.gz", $$0); \
} \
Optimise the manual page handling a bit more - miss out redundant commands.
1999-03-16 10:50:28 +01:00
{ print $$0; }' |
Major changes in manual page handling - deal with imake's man pages in Solaris, and consolidate other manual page handling.
1999-03-12 11:19:14 +01:00
.else
MANZ_NAWK_CMD= ${AWK} '/^([^\/]*\/)*man\/([^\/]*\/)?man[1-9ln]\/.*[1-9ln]\.gz$$/ { \
$$0 = substr($$0, 1, length($$0) - 3); \
} \
/^([^\/]*\/)*man\/([^\/]*\/)?cat[1-9ln]\/.*[0-9ln]\.gz$$/ { \
$$0 = substr($$0, 1, length($$0) - 3); \
} \
Optimise the manual page handling a bit more - miss out redundant commands.
1999-03-16 10:50:28 +01:00
{ print $$0; }' |
Major changes in manual page handling - deal with imake's man pages in Solaris, and consolidate other manual page handling.
1999-03-12 11:19:14 +01:00
.endif # MANZ
MANZ_EXPRESSION=
.endif # SunOS
Add quotes round one place where it may be useful, and add a "plist" target to create the PLIST on the fly. (This is just an alias for the existing ${PLIST} target, but with that you have to type the full path which is inconvenient).
2000-01-05 17:55:32 +01:00
plist: ${PLIST}
Use MI/MD PLIST files pkg/PLIST-{mi,md-{shared,static}}
1997-11-22 04:39:20 +01:00
${PLIST}: ${PLIST_SRC}
Major changes in manual page handling - deal with imake's man pages in Solaris, and consolidate other manual page handling.
1999-03-12 11:19:14 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ -z "${PLIST_SRC}" ]; then \
${ECHO} "No ${PKGDIR}/PLIST or ${PKGDIR}/PLIST-{mi,md.shared,md.static}" ; \
${ECHO} "Please set PLIST_SRC in the package Makefile.";\
else \
${CAT} ${PLIST_SRC} | \
Optimise the manual page handling a bit more - miss out redundant commands.
1999-03-16 10:50:28 +01:00
${MANZ_NAWK_CMD} \
${IMAKE_MAN_CMD} \
Major changes in manual page handling - deal with imake's man pages in Solaris, and consolidate other manual page handling.
1999-03-12 11:19:14 +01:00
${SED} ${MANZ_EXPRESSION} \
s/PLIST_SUB/PLIST_SUBST/
1999-09-03 04:43:51 +02:00
${PLIST_SUBST:S/=/}!/:S/$/!g/:S/^/ -e s!\\\${/}\
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
> ${PLIST}; \
Use MI/MD PLIST files pkg/PLIST-{mi,md-{shared,static}}
1997-11-22 04:39:20 +01:00
fi
Automatically append HOMEPAge to DESCR files, and remove homepage URLs from individual DESCR files that had them.
1998-08-26 18:50:48 +02:00
# generate ${DESCR} from ${DESCR_SRC} by:
# - Appending the homepage URL, if any
${DESCR}: ${DESCR_SRC}
@${CAT} ${DESCR_SRC} > ${DESCR}
.if defined(HOMEPAGE)
@(${ECHO} ; ${ECHO} "Homepage:" ; \
${ECHO} '${HOMEPAGE}') >> ${DESCR}
.endif
Reference in a new issue Copy permalink